WO2010103864A1 - Printed label producing device - Google Patents

Printed label producing device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010103864A1
WO2010103864A1 PCT/JP2010/050324 JP2010050324W WO2010103864A1 WO 2010103864 A1 WO2010103864 A1 WO 2010103864A1 JP 2010050324 W JP2010050324 W JP 2010050324W WO 2010103864 A1 WO2010103864 A1 WO 2010103864A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tape
label
tag
print
rfid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2010/050324
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
博昭 喜多
Original Assignee
ブラザー工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ブラザー工業株式会社 filed Critical ブラザー工業株式会社
Publication of WO2010103864A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010103864A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K17/00Methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more of main groups G06K1/00 - G06K15/00, e.g. automatic card files incorporating conveying and reading operations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K17/00Methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more of main groups G06K1/00 - G06K15/00, e.g. automatic card files incorporating conveying and reading operations
    • G06K17/0022Methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more of main groups G06K1/00 - G06K15/00, e.g. automatic card files incorporating conveying and reading operations arrangements or provisious for transferring data to distant stations, e.g. from a sensing device
    • G06K17/0025Methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more of main groups G06K1/00 - G06K15/00, e.g. automatic card files incorporating conveying and reading operations arrangements or provisious for transferring data to distant stations, e.g. from a sensing device the arrangement consisting of a wireless interrogation device in combination with a device for optically marking the record carrier

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a printed label producing apparatus for printing on a tag tape provided with a wireless tag circuit element and creating a wireless tag label with printing.
  • Patent Document 1 For example, as a tag label producing device for producing an RFID label by transmitting / receiving information to / from such an RFID circuit element, the one described in Patent Document 1 is known.
  • a RFID tag cartridge tag label producing device cartridge equipped with two tape rolls is attached, and a bonding tape (for printed tag label) in which the two tapes are bonded together. Tape). That is, when the wireless tag cartridge is mounted on the cartridge holder, the tag tape (base tape) is fed out from the tag tape roll by the conveyance by the conveyance means, and the print-receiving tape (cover film) is fed out from the print-receiving tape roll.
  • the tag tape and the print-receiving tape are pressed against each other by a pressing roller (pressing roller) provided on the cartridge side (the sub-roller on the tag label producing apparatus side also cooperates) to form a bonding tape.
  • a pressing roller pressing roller
  • predetermined printing is formed on the print-receiving tape by the printing means (printing head).
  • the bonding tape is cut by a cutting means (cutter) (this cutting position becomes the rear end portion in the conveyance direction of the RFID label), and thereby a predetermined length.
  • the RFID label with the mark is continuously generated.
  • the bonding tape for producing the next RFID tag label is With the cut portion as the leading end in the conveyance direction, the tape tape is subsequently stopped together with the tag tape and the tape to be printed before bonding.
  • the print-receiving tape is wound in the print-receiving tape roll, is fed out from the print-receiving tape roll, and is adhered (with the tag tape) by the pressing roller during conveyance. To a part of the laminated tape.
  • the tag tape when the tag tape is transported, it is wound in the tag tape roll, is fed out from the tag tape roll, is pasted by a pressing roller (to a print-receiving tape), and part of the pasting tape. It becomes the behavior of ... Therefore, in the state where one preceding RFID tag label is completed and stopped as described above, the print-receiving tape and the tag tape (immediately before being bonded) exist on the upstream side in the conveyance direction of the pressure roller, and the conveyance of the pressure roller. A bonded tape that has already been bonded exists on the downstream side in the direction.
  • each RFID tag main body includes an IC holder (IC circuit holder) for holding the RFID circuit element.
  • the IC holder includes a conductive connection land (connection terminal) for electrically connecting the IC circuit portion and the antenna pattern, and an electrically insulating holding member (protective film) for protecting the circuit.
  • the structure has a certain thickness. Therefore, in the wireless tag main body, a portion where the IC holder is provided has a larger wall thickness and a relatively large rigidity compared to other portions.
  • the IC holding body having a large rigidity is formed in an arc shape along the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller. It is allowed to pass through while being deformed. As a result, a large resistance (conveyance resistance) occurs due to the rigidity of the IC holding body when the pressure roller passes.
  • the deformation due to the shape of the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller is completed partway through the IC holder (that is, the leading end of the IC holder in the transport direction).
  • the side is deformed into an arc shape along the outer periphery of the pressure roller and has already been in contact with the outer periphery, the rear end side in the transport direction of the remaining IC holder is not in contact with the outer periphery of the pressure roller.
  • the transporting resistance of the transporting unit becomes particularly large when the transporting of the transporting unit is started when the subsequent RFID label is produced.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a printed label producing apparatus that can reliably prevent the occurrence of conveyance failure due to insufficient conveyance force during label production.
  • the first invention provides a sheet-like antenna substrate, a tag antenna provided on the antenna substrate for transmitting and receiving information, an IC circuit unit for storing information, and the IC
  • the RFID circuit using the tag tape in which a plurality of RFID tag bodies are arranged at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction of the tape, each of which includes an IC holder including a holding member that holds the circuit portion with respect to the antenna substrate.
  • a printing label producing apparatus for producing a plurality of RFID tag labels provided with an element comprising: a tag tape roll in which the tag tape is wound in a direction perpendicular to an axis; and a printing tape to be bonded to the tag tape.
  • the print-receiving tape roll wound in the direction orthogonal to the axis, and the tag tape fed out from the tag tape roll and the print-out tape roll.
  • a cartridge holder that has a pressing roller that presses and bonds the print-receiving tape to form a bonding tape, and a cartridge holder that can be attached and detached, and the tag tape, the print-receiving tape, and the bonding tape are conveyed.
  • the conveying means and the cutting means are arranged so that the conveyance of the tag tape is stopped in a state of being in a circular arc shape along the outer periphery of the tape. And having a control means for controlling in cooperation means.
  • the RFID tag cartridge provided with two tape rolls is mounted, and the production is performed using a bonding tape obtained by bonding two tapes. That is, when the wireless tag cartridge is mounted on the cartridge holder, the tag tape is fed out from the tag tape roll by the conveyance by the conveying means, and the print-receiving tape is fed out from the print-receiving tape roll. The tag tape and the print-receiving tape are pressed against each other by a pressing roller provided on the cartridge side (the sub-roller on the printing label producing apparatus side also cooperates) to form a bonding tape. At this time, during the conveyance, predetermined printing is formed on the print-receiving tape by the printing unit.
  • the bonding tape is conveyed to a predetermined conveyance direction position, the bonding tape is cut by a cutting means (this cutting position becomes the rear end in the conveyance direction of the label), whereby a label with a predetermined length printed Is completed.
  • the bonded tape for creating the next printed label is As the leading end portion in the transport direction, it is in a state where it is subsequently stopped together with the tag tape and the tape to be printed before bonding.
  • the print-receiving tape is wound in the print-receiving tape roll, is fed out from the print-receiving tape roll, and is adhered (with the tag tape) by the pressing roller during conveyance. To a part of the laminated tape.
  • the tag tape when the tag tape is transported, it is wound in the tag tape roll, is fed out from the tag tape roll, is pasted by a pressing roller (to a print-receiving tape), and part of the pasting tape. It becomes the behavior of ... Therefore, as described above, one printed label (printed RFID tag label or printed label) has been completed and stopped (or a normal label without a RFID tag main body in the surplus part has been completed and stopped. ), The print-receiving tape and the tag tape are present upstream of the pressure roller in the conveying direction (immediately before being bonded), and the already-bonded bonding tape is present on the downstream side of the pressing roller in the conveying direction. It becomes.
  • the print-receiving tape and the tag tape are respectively fed out from two different rolls (print-receiving tape roll and tag tape roll), conveyed, and merged and bonded at the position of the pressing roller. Therefore, the direction of at least one of the two tapes is changed by the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller when the bonding is pressed.
  • Each wireless tag main body includes an antenna base, a tag antenna, and an IC holder (so-called strap).
  • the IC holder is composed of a conductive connection land that electrically connects the IC circuit portion and the antenna pattern, and an electrically insulating holding member that protects the circuit, and therefore has a certain thickness. It has a structure. Therefore, in the wireless tag main body, the part with the IC holder has a larger wall thickness than the other parts (the part with no IC holder and only the antenna base and the tag antenna), and has a relatively large rigidity. I have.
  • the IC holding body having a large rigidity is formed in an arc shape along the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller. It is allowed to pass through while being deformed. As a result, a large resistance (conveyance resistance) occurs due to the rigidity of the IC holding body when the pressure roller passes.
  • the IC holding body is halfway.
  • the deformation due to the outer peripheral shape of the pressing roller i.e., the tip end side of the IC holder in the transport direction is deformed into an arc shape along the outer peripheral shape of the pressing roller and has already been in contact with the outer peripheral portion.
  • the rear end side in the transport direction of the remaining IC holder may not be in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller and is not deformed at all.
  • the transporting resistance of the transporting unit becomes particularly large when the transporting of the transporting unit is started when a label with subsequent printing is subsequently produced. There is a risk.
  • the control means controls the conveying means and the cutting means in cooperation with each other so that the entire length of the IC holding body in the conveying direction at the time of cutting of the cutting means (when conveyance of the conveying means is stopped) is cut. Is brought into contact with the arcuate shape along the outer periphery of the pressing roller.
  • all of the IC holder is completely deformed by the outer peripheral shape of the pressing roller (that is, the entire dimension of the IC holder in the conveyance direction is pressed).
  • the roller is deformed into an arc shape along the outer peripheral portion of the roller and is in a state of being in contact with the outer peripheral portion.
  • the cartridge holder includes an arc-shaped warping direction of the IC holder in a state where the tag tape is wound as the tag tape roll, and the tag tape is the pressing roller.
  • the RFID tag cartridge configured to be opposite to the arcuate warping direction of the IC holder in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the IC holder is detachable.
  • the warp is warped. Therefore, the conveyance resistance based on the rigidity described above becomes particularly large. Therefore, in such a case, it is particularly effective in preventing the occurrence of a conveyance failure by controlling the control unit so that the conveyance is stopped in a state where all of the IC holding members are in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller as described above.
  • the cartridge holder includes a distance X from the center of the pressing roller to the cutting means along the tag tape transport direction, a circumferential length L of the outer periphery of the pressing roller, and the tag tape.
  • the RFID tag cartridge is configured so that X + (L / 4)> Y is established between the cutting position by the cutting means and the dimension Y from the cutting position of the IC holder to the rear end in the transport direction of the IC holder It is characterized by being removable.
  • the printing-tape transport path upstream of the pressing roller and the bonding tape downstream of the pressing roller are transported.
  • the route is substantially in a straight line.
  • the tag tape transport path may be substantially perpendicular to the bonding tape transport path (in other words, the tag tape is turned about 90 ° at the position of the pressing roller).
  • the distance along the conveying direction between the position at the beginning of winding of the tag tape around the roller outer periphery and the position at the end of winding is substantially equal to L / 4, and the cutting means from the position at the end of winding around the roller outer periphery. Is approximately equal to the distance X from the center of the pressing roller to the cutting means along the tag tape conveyance direction. Therefore, the distance along the conveyance direction from the position where the tag tape starts to be wound around the outer periphery of the roller to the cutting means is the sum of the two, X + (L / 4).
  • the distance Y from the rear end in the conveying direction of the IC holder to the cutting position of the cutting means is smaller than X + (L / 4), that is, X + (L / 4)> It is sufficient if Y is satisfied.
  • the RFID tag cartridge is configured such that X + (L / 4)> Y, and the cartridge holder and cutting means are arranged.
  • the control unit corresponds to each first length direction region corresponding to an arrangement position of the RFID circuit element in the tag tape.
  • a first label as one RFID tag label having a predetermined print is created, and for each one second length direction region sandwiched between two continuous first length direction regions of the tag tape.
  • the conveyance means, the printing means, and the cutting means are controlled in cooperation so as to create one second label that does not include the RFID circuit element.
  • the RFID tag circuit element is disposed at the position. Printing is formed on the area of the tape to be printed that is bonded to the corresponding length direction area of the tag tape, and the RFID tag label with printing is formed. At this time, as the print to be formed, a print of contents corresponding to information stored in the IC circuit unit (for example, text, graphic image, etc.) is usually formed. The length changes.
  • the wireless tag main body including the wireless tag circuit element
  • the wireless tag main body is arranged at a predetermined interval (fixed pitch).
  • a wireless tag label with print consisting of three parts, non-print part on one side / print part / non-print part on the other side
  • the print portion (margin portion), the print portion (tag label body), and the other non-print portion (margin portion) are separated. That is, each time a single RFID label with a print is executed, the three labels are discharged in a state of being separated from each other. At this time, the length of the two non-printing portions (margin portions) is significantly shorter than the printing portion (tag label body).
  • control means controls the conveyance means, the printing means, and the cutting means in cooperation, so that one first label (corresponding to each first length direction region of the tag tape) While including a wireless tag main body and having a predetermined print), one second label (for the wireless tag main body) is provided for each second length direction area (other than the first length direction area) of the tag tape.
  • first label corresponding to each first length direction region of the tag tape
  • second label for the wireless tag main body
  • the preceding label “one non-printing part / printing part / non-printing part on the other side” and the subsequent label “non-printing part on one side / printing part / non-printing on the other side” “Printed portion”, and the subsequent label “non-printed portion on one side / printed portion / non-printed portion on the other side” are preceded by “first label (printed) / second label (not printed)”, Subsequent “first label (with printing) / second label (without printing)” and subsequent “first label (with printing) / second label (without printing)” are replaced. .
  • the second label corresponds to a combination of the aforementioned non-printing portion (margin portion) on one side and the non-printing portion (margin portion) on the other side.
  • (tag label body) it is not so short.
  • it is possible to prevent an adverse effect by deviating from the conveyance path to the side during conveyance / discharge after cutting. Therefore, it is possible to improve the operation reliability of the print label producing apparatus and perform highly reliable label production.
  • control unit includes the conveying unit, the printing unit, and the cutting unit so that the created first label and second label are alternately discharged. It is characterized by controlling in cooperation.
  • Alternate discharge as in The length of the second label discharged alternately with the first label is not so short as compared with the first label as described above. As a result, it is possible to prevent an adverse effect by deviating from the conveyance path to the side during conveyance / discharge after cutting.
  • FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram showing a wireless tag generation system provided with a tag label producing apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view which shows the whole structure of a tag label production apparatus. It is a conceptual block diagram which shows notionally the structure of the principal part of the cartridge with which the tag label production apparatus was mounted
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view around the IC circuit portion of the wireless tag body shown in FIG. 4. It is a functional block diagram which shows the functional structure of a wireless tag circuit element. It is a functional block diagram which shows the control system of a tag label production apparatus.
  • FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX ′ in FIG. 9. It is explanatory drawing which shows each dimension setting in the tape for tag labels printed (or the label tape for printed labels) of the state which is not cut
  • FIG. 1 is a conceptual configuration diagram conceptually showing an overall structure of a printing apparatus. It is a conceptual block diagram which represents notionally the whole structure of a wireless tag communication apparatus. It is a conceptual diagram which shows the flow which produces
  • the tag label producing apparatus 1 is connected to a route server RS, an information server IS, a terminal 118a, and a general-purpose computer 118b via a communication network NW including an appropriate communication line.
  • a route server RS an information server IS
  • a terminal 118a a terminal 118a
  • a general-purpose computer 118b a communication network NW including an appropriate communication line.
  • the terminal 118a and the general-purpose computer 118b are collectively referred to as “PC 118” as appropriate hereinafter.
  • the tag label producing apparatus 1 has an apparatus main body 2 provided with a cartridge holder 31 (see FIG. 3) on which a cartridge 3 is mounted.
  • the apparatus main body 2 includes an overall rectangular parallelepiped housing 2s having an upper surface portion, a lower surface portion, a front surface portion, a back surface portion, and left and right side surface portions as its outer shell.
  • An upper lid 4 and an upper lid operation button 5 are provided on the upper surface portion.
  • a label discharge port 7, a front lid 8, a power button 9, and a cutter drive button 10 are provided on the front surface.
  • the upper lid 4 is rotatably supported at the end of the apparatus main body 2 on the right back side in FIG. 2 and is urged in the opening direction by an urging member (not shown), Is configured to be lockable. In addition, when the cartridge 3 is attached or detached, the lock is released by pressing the upper lid operation button 5, and the upper lid 4 is opened by the urging action of the urging member. It can be done.
  • the upper lid 4 is provided with a see-through window 6 fitted with a transparent cover or the like.
  • the label discharge port 7 is for discharging the RFID label T created inside the apparatus main body 2 to the outside.
  • the front lid 8 can be opened and closed by pivoting with the lower end as a fulcrum, and is pivoted forward and opened by pushing a pressing portion 8p provided at the upper end from above.
  • the power button 9 is used for turning on / off the main power of the tag label producing apparatus 1.
  • the cutter driving button 10 is used to form the RFID label T by cutting the printed tag label tape 109 by an operator manually operating a cutter 15 (see FIG. 3) described later.
  • the cartridge 3 is housed in the cartridge holder 31 such that the direction of the width direction of the tag label tape 109 with print discharged from the label discharge port 7 is substantially perpendicular to the paper surface in the drawing.
  • the cartridge 3 includes a housing 3A, and a first roll 102 (which is originally spiral but simplified and shown as a concentric circle) around which a strip-shaped tag tape 101 is wound.
  • a second roll 104 (which is originally spiral but simplified and shown as a concentric circle) around which the transparent cover film 103 having substantially the same width as the tag tape 101 is wound, and an ink ribbon 105 ( Ribbon supply side roll 111 for feeding out a thermal transfer ribbon (not required when the print-receiving tape is a heat-sensitive tape), a ribbon take-up roller 106 for taking up the ink ribbon 105 after printing, and rotating in the vicinity of the tape discharge portion of the cartridge 3
  • a tape feed roller 27 and a guide roller 112 supported in a possible manner are provided.
  • the tag label producing apparatus 1 is provided with a sub-roller 28 that makes a pair with the tape feed roller 27 of the cartridge 3.
  • the tape feed roller 27 is driven by the roller drive shaft 108 to cooperate with the opposing sub-roller 28 so that the tag tape 101 and the cover film 103 are pressed and bonded to form the tag label tape 109 with print.
  • the first roll 102 is wound around the reel member 102a with the tag tape 101 in which a plurality of wireless tag main bodies 90 are sequentially formed at predetermined equal intervals in the longitudinal direction.
  • the tag tape 101 has a seven-layer structure (refer to a partially enlarged view in FIG. 3), and appropriately moves from the side wound inside (the right side in FIG. 3) to the opposite side (the left side in FIG. 3).
  • Adhesive layer 101a made of an adhesive, colored first base film 101b made of PET (polyethylene terephthalate), adhesive layer 101c made of an appropriate adhesive, adhesive layer 101d made of an appropriate adhesive, PET (polyethylene terephthalate)
  • the second base film 101e made of tartar) or the like, the adhesive layer 101f made of an appropriate adhesive, and the release paper 101g are laminated in this order.
  • the adhesive layer 101a for later bonding the cover film 103 is formed, and on the back side (left side in FIG. 3) of the first base film 101b, The adhesive layer 101c is provided so as to enclose the wireless tag main body 90, and these three layers are integrated to form the first tape 101A.
  • an adhesive layer 101d to be bonded to the back side (left side in FIG. 3) of the adhesive layer 101c of the first tape 101A is formed with the wireless tag body 90 interposed therebetween.
  • the release paper 101g is adhered to the back side (left side in FIG. 3) of the second base film 101e by the adhesive layer 101f.
  • the four layers of the adhesive layer 101d, the second base film 101e, the adhesive layer 101f, and the release paper 101g constitute a second tape 101B.
  • the wireless tag main body 90 includes a resin-made antenna base 91 formed in a sheet shape, and a loop coil-shaped tag antenna 62 provided so as to be exposed on the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the antenna base 91.
  • An IC holding body which is disposed on the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the antenna base 91 and includes an IC circuit unit 80 for storing information and a holding member 95 for holding the IC circuit unit 80 with respect to the antenna base 91 92 (so-called strap).
  • the holding member 95 is made of an electrically insulating material for circuit protection, and holds the IC circuit unit 80 against the antenna base 91 by covering the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the IC circuit unit 80. At the same time, the tag antenna 62 and the IC circuit unit 80 are connected. The tag antenna 62 that transmits and receives information and the IC circuit unit 80 that stores information constitute the RFID circuit element To.
  • the IC circuit portion 80 formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape is disposed on the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the antenna base 91, and further on the front side (in FIG. 3). Since the holding member 95 covers the right side), the IC holder 92 is provided so as to protrude to the first tape 101A side of the antenna base 91 (the wireless tag main body 90 and the IC circuit portion 80). Will be described in detail later).
  • the release paper 101g is peeled off when the RFID label T (see FIG. 9 described later) that is finally completed in a label is attached to an article (target to be attached) such as a predetermined product. 101f can be adhered to the product or the like.
  • the second roll 104 has the cover film 103 wound around a reel member 104a.
  • the cover film 103 fed out from the second roll 104 is an ink ribbon driven by the ribbon supply side roll 111 and the ribbon take-up roller 106 disposed on the back side thereof (that is, the side to be bonded to the tag tape 101).
  • the ink ribbon 105 is brought into contact with the back surface of the cover film 103 by being pressed by the print head 23 (provided on the cartridge holder 31 side).
  • the housing 3A of the cartridge 3 has a cover so that the print head 23 provided on the cartridge holder 31 side can be pressed against the ink ribbon 105 and the cover film 103 when the cartridge 3 is mounted on the cartridge holder 31.
  • a notch 3a for exposing a part of the conveyance path of the film 103 and the ink ribbon 105 to the outside is formed.
  • a platen roller 24 is provided at a position facing the print head 23 on the cartridge holder 31 side to apply a pressing force to the cover film 103 to carry the tape.
  • the tag label producing apparatus 1 is provided with a cutter 15 adjacent to the discharge port of the cartridge 3.
  • the cutter 15 is a so-called scissor type cutting machine having a fixed blade and a movable blade (see FIG. 5 described later), and is connected to a solenoid (not shown).
  • a solenoid not shown
  • the movable blade is actuated to cut the printed tag tape 109 into a predetermined length and form the RFID label T.
  • the tag label producing device 1 is provided with a mark sensor 127 (details will be described later) and a device antenna 52 on the downstream side of the cutter 15 in the tape transport direction.
  • the device antenna 52 performs communication for reading or writing information with respect to the RFID circuit element To disposed on the tag tape 101.
  • the tag label producing apparatus 1 has a driving roller 51 and a pressing roller 53 on the downstream side in the tape conveying direction further from the apparatus antenna 52 and on the near side of the label discharge unit.
  • the tag tape 101 includes a plurality of tape tapes at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction.
  • a wireless tag main body 90 is arranged.
  • the wireless tag main body 90 is sandwiched between the first tape 101A and the second tape 101B in the tape thickness direction.
  • the wireless tag main body 90 includes the antenna base 91, the tag antenna 62, and the IC holder 92 including the IC circuit unit 80 and the holding member 95.
  • the antenna pattern of the tag antenna 62 which is also formed in a substantially rectangular shape on the front side (upper side in FIG. 5) of the antenna base 91 formed in a substantially rectangular shape with a sheet of an appropriate synthetic resin material.
  • the IC holder 92 is arranged at one corner of the substantially rectangular tag antenna 62.
  • the IC holding body 92 includes a first connection land 93 connected to the radially outer end of the loop coil shape of the antenna pattern 62A and a second connection land connected to the other radially inner end. 94.
  • Each of the first connection land 93 and the second connection land 94 is a thin plate-like conducting member formed in a substantially L shape, and each short side portion is an end of the antenna pattern 62A and the antenna base 91. At the same time, it is caulked from both the front and back surfaces and fixed by crimping at crimping portions 96 and 97, respectively.
  • the long side portions of the two connection lands 93 and 94 are arranged on the antenna base 91 side of the long side portions of the two connection lands 93 and 94 in parallel.
  • connection lands 93 and 94 has a short side portion connected to the end portion of the antenna pattern 62A by the crimping portions 96 and 97, and each long side portion has the above overlapping portion and the IC circuit portion 80. It is connected.
  • the IC circuit unit 80 is electrically connected to both ends of the antenna pattern 62A of the tag antenna 62 through the connection lands 93 and 94 and is conductive.
  • the antenna pattern 62A of the tag antenna 62 is bent and arranged so as to bypass the IC circuit unit 80 in the vicinity of the IC circuit unit 80 in a plan view of the RFID label T (a field of view facing the front surface or the back surface).
  • a portion 62Ab is provided.
  • the surface of the two connection lands 93 and 94 including the IC circuit portion 80 is covered with a thin resin holding member 95.
  • the IC circuit unit 80 is held on the surface of the antenna base 91 by the holding member 95 and the connection lands 93, 94. That is, the holding member 95, the IC circuit unit 80, and the two connection lands 93, 94 constitutes the IC holder 92.
  • the RFID circuit element To is connected to the tag antenna 62 that transmits and receives signals without contact with the device antenna 52 of the tag label producing device 1 by wireless communication or electromagnetic induction as described above.
  • IC circuit unit 80 The functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To will be described with reference to FIG. 6, the RFID circuit element To is connected to the tag antenna 62 that transmits and receives signals without contact with the device antenna 52 of the tag label producing device 1 by wireless communication or electromagnetic induction as described above.
  • IC circuit unit 80 The functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 6, the RFID circuit element To is connected to the tag antenna 62 that transmits and receives signals without contact with the device antenna 52 of the tag label producing device 1 by wireless communication or electromagnetic induction as described above.
  • the IC circuit unit 80 includes a rectification unit 81 that rectifies the interrogation wave received by the tag antenna 62, a power supply unit 82 that accumulates the energy of the interrogation wave rectified by the rectification unit 81 and uses it as a drive power source, and A clock extraction unit 84 that extracts a clock signal from the interrogation wave received by the tag antenna 62 and supplies the clock signal to the control unit 83; a memory unit 86 that can store a predetermined information signal; and modulation / demodulation connected to the tag antenna 62 And a control unit 83 for controlling the operation of the RFID circuit element To via the memory unit 86, the clock extraction unit 84, the modulation / demodulation unit 85, and the like.
  • the modem unit 85 demodulates the interrogation wave received from the tag antenna 62 of the tag label producing apparatus 1 received by the tag antenna 62, modulates the return signal from the control unit 83, and responds from the tag antenna 62. (Signal including tag ID) is transmitted.
  • the clock extraction unit 84 extracts a clock component from the received signal and supplies a clock corresponding to the frequency of the clock component to the control unit 83.
  • the control unit 83 interprets the received signal demodulated by the modem unit 85, generates a reply signal based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 86, and sends the reply signal to the tag antenna by the modem unit 85.
  • Basic control such as control returned from 62 is executed.
  • a control circuit 110 is arranged on a control board (not shown) of the tag label producing apparatus 1.
  • the control circuit 110 includes a CPU 111 having an internal timer 111A for controlling each device, an input / output interface 113 connected to the CPU 111 via a data bus 112, a CGROM 114, ROMs 115 and 116, and a RAM 117. It has been.
  • the ROM 116 reads a print buffer data in response to an operation input signal from the PC 118, and prints a print drive control program for driving the print head 23, the transport motor 119, and the tape discharge motor 65.
  • a cutting drive control program for driving the printed tag label tape 109 to the cutting position by driving the conveying motor 119 and driving the cutter motor 43 to cut the printed tag label tape 109 by the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15;
  • Access information to the transmission circuit 306 Force transmitting program reception program for processing an input response signal from the receiving circuit 307, and other tag-label producing device 1 various programs required for control are stored.
  • the CPU 111 performs various calculations based on various programs stored in the ROM 116.
  • the RAM 117 is provided with a text memory 117A, a print buffer 117B, a parameter storage area 117E, and the like.
  • the text memory 117A stores document data input from the PC 118.
  • a dot pattern for printing such as a plurality of characters and symbols, the number of applied pulses that is the amount of energy for forming each dot, and the like are stored as dot pattern data.
  • the print head 23 is stored in the print buffer 117B. Dot printing is performed according to the existing dot pattern data.
  • the parameter storage area 117E stores various calculation data, tag identification information (tag ID) of the RFID circuit element To from which information is read (acquired), and the like.
  • the input / output interface 113 includes a PC 118, the print drive circuit 120 for driving the print head 23, a transport motor drive circuit 121 for driving the transport motor 119 for driving the roller drive shaft 108,
  • the RFID circuit element To is accessed via the cutter antenna drive circuit 122 for driving the cutter motor 43, the tape discharge motor drive circuit 123 for driving the tape discharge motor 65, and the device antenna 52 (read / read).
  • the transmitter circuit 306 that generates a carrier wave and outputs an interrogation wave (transmission signal) obtained by modulating the carrier wave based on an input control signal, and the device antenna 52 from the RFID circuit element To.
  • the receiving circuit 307 for demodulating and outputting the response signal received via the And the mark sensor 127 for detecting a child PM is connected.
  • each of the heat generating elements is selectively driven to generate heat corresponding to the print dots for one line, and the dot pattern data stored in the print buffer 117B is printed, and in synchronization with this, for carrying
  • the motor 119 performs tape transport control via the drive circuit 121.
  • the transmission circuit 306 performs carrier wave modulation control based on the control signal from the control circuit 110 and outputs the interrogation wave, and the reception circuit 307 processes the demodulated signal based on the control signal from the control circuit 110. .
  • FIG. 1 An example of display on the display screen of the terminal 118a when the RFID label T is created will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the type (access frequency and tag label size) of the RFID label T the print characters printed by the print head 23, the access ID that is identification information unique to the RFID circuit element To in the RFID label T, and the information shown in FIG.
  • the address of the article information stored in the server IS and the storage destination address of the corresponding information in the route server RS of FIG. 1 are included.
  • the tag label producing device 1 completes the writing (or reading) of information with respect to the RFID circuit element To and the cutting of the printed tag label tape 109.
  • An example of the external appearance of the RFID label T and the attached label Ti created as a pair with the RFID label T will be described. Note that the direction toward the left side in FIGS. 9A and 9B corresponds to the transport direction in the tag label producing apparatus 1 (the same applies to FIGS. 11, 12, 13, and 14 described later). ).
  • the RFID label T and the attached label Ti are created as a pair by one creation operation by the tag label creation device 1 described above. (For the print label S having the same configuration, see the second embodiment described later). At this time, the RFID labels are produced in the order of the RFID labels T next to the attached labels Ti along the transport direction. As described above, the RFID label T and the attached label Ti have an eight-layer structure in which the cover film 103 is added to the seven-layer structure shown in FIG. 3 (the RFID tag label T includes the RFID tag main body 90 and has a nine-layer structure). From the cover film 103 side (upper side in FIG. 10) to the opposite side (lower side in FIG.
  • the cover film 103, the adhesive layer 101a for bonding the first tape 101A, the base film 101b, and the adhesive layer 101c, the adhesive layer 101d of the second tape 101B, the base film 101e, the sticking adhesive layer 101f, and the release paper 101g constitute eight layers.
  • the RFID circuit element To that includes the tag antenna 62 and the IC circuit unit 80 between the adhesive layer 101c of the first tape 101A and the adhesive layer 101d of the second tape 101B.
  • a label print R (in this example, an alphabetic character string “ABCDEFGHIJKLMN”) corresponding to information stored in the RFID circuit element To is printed on the back surface of the cover film 103 (mirror image printing).
  • the entire area in the longitudinal direction (from the rear end et on the upstream side in the transport direction to the front end ft on the downstream side in the transport direction) of the RFID label T on which the label print R is printed becomes the label print region PE.
  • a pitch reference line Lp (described later in detail) is set at a position that is separated by a predetermined distance X1 from the rear end et1 on the upstream side in the tape transport direction toward the front end ft1 on the downstream side in the tape transport direction.
  • X1 a predetermined distance from the rear end et1 on the upstream side in the tape transport direction toward the front end ft1 on the downstream side in the tape transport direction.
  • the tag label producing apparatus 1 uses a set of tag tape 101 and cover film 103, and sequentially produces a plurality of RFID label T using a tag label tape 109 with prints bonded together.
  • this corresponds to the production-related information of the RFID label T that follows the attached label Ti in the tape transport direction on the cover film 103 located in the front margin area PE1 of each attached label Ti.
  • the subsequent information print R1 is printed.
  • the rear margin area PE2 of each attached label Ti information related to the creation of the RFID label T (not shown in particular in FIG. 9) that has been created ahead of the attached label Ti in the tape transport direction.
  • the preceding information print R2 corresponding to is printed.
  • the subsequent information mark R1 and the preceding information print R2 may be omitted.
  • the identifier PM is provided on the release paper 101g of the attached label Ti at a position near the upstream side in the tape transport direction from the reference pitch line Lp.
  • each dimension setting will be described with reference to FIG. 11 for the tag label tape 109 with print in an uncut state (refer to the second embodiment to be described later for the tag label tape 510 with the same configuration).
  • the case where the RFID label T printed with a relatively long character (alphabetic character “ABCDEFGHIJKLMN”) is created is shown as an example.
  • the pitch reference line Lp, the identifier PM, and the RFID circuit element To are periodically arranged at the same pitch interval P along the tape conveyance direction. That is, the corresponding identifier PM and the RFID circuit element To are arranged at the same relative position with reference to the plurality of pitch reference lines Lp arranged at equal intervals with the pitch interval P.
  • the length X1 of the front margin area PE1 in the tape conveyance direction is set to a fixed length, that is, a position separated from the pitch reference line Lp by X1 upstream of the tape conveyance direction (at the rear end et1 in FIG. 8). (Corresponding) is the boundary between the attached label Ti and the RFID label T subsequent thereto, and this position is the front cutting position (the front cutting line CLf) where the cutter 15 cuts.
  • the length X in the tape conveyance direction of the RFID label T is set variably according to the content and mode (for example, the number of characters, font, etc.) of the label print R, and upstream of the RFID label T in the tape conveyance direction.
  • the rear end (corresponding to the rear end et in FIG. 9) becomes a boundary between the RFID label T and the attached label Ti that follows, and this position is a main cutting position (main cutting line CLr) cut by the cutter 15. )
  • the distance from the main cutting line CLr to the pitch reference line Lp of the subsequent attached label Ti is the tape transport direction length X2 of the rear margin area PE2.
  • the distance between the front end of the identifier PM in the tape transport direction and the front end of the RFID tag main body 90 offset relative thereto is set as the predetermined value LA (see FIG. 12 described later).
  • the distance from the position of the front cutting line CLf to the rear end of the IC holder 92 in the tape transport direction is set as a predetermined value Y.
  • the length X of the RFID label is set to be longer than the predetermined value Y.
  • the length X1 of the front margin area PE1 is made relatively long, and the distance Y from the rear end of the IC holder 92 in the tape transport direction to the position of the front cutting line CLf is set short. (See the gap g shown in FIG. 11 between the position of the front cutting line CLf and the tip of the RFID tag main body 90 in the tape transport direction. The gap g becomes narrower as the distance Y becomes shorter).
  • the attached label Ti alone is reliably sandwiched between the driving roller 51 and the pressing roller 53 on the downstream side in the tape transport direction from the cutter 15, and the label discharge path It is surely discharged out of the apparatus without coming off (see FIG. 3 etc.).
  • the identifier PM of the tag label tape 109 with print the RFID tag circuit element To, the print area S of the label print R, the device antenna 52, and the mark sensor 127, which are continuously drawn out, are used.
  • the positional relationship between the cutter 15 and the print head 23 will be described.
  • the distance LA from the front end position of the identifier PM in the tape transport direction to the front end of the wireless tag body 90 in the tape transport direction is the mark sensor 127 and the print head 23. Is set in advance so as to be equal to the tape conveyance direction distance Lo.
  • the subsequent information printing R1 and the preceding information printing R2 are abbreviated by dotted lines.
  • FIG. 12A shows a state immediately after the feeding of the tag label tape 109 with print from the cartridge 3 is started.
  • the preceding information print R2 has already been printed in the rear margin area PE2, and the identifier PM has not been detected by the mark sensor 127.
  • the attached label Ti formed to be longer (X1 + X2) also deviates from the discharge path of the tag label device 1. And reliably conveyed between the driving roller 51 and the pressing roller 52 and discharged outside the apparatus.
  • the wireless tag main body 90 reaches the position of the device antenna 52 (FIG. 12H).
  • a relatively long character (“ABCDEFGHIJKLMN”) is printed as the label print R in this example as described above, the printing of the label print R has not yet been completed at this point. Therefore, the conveyance and printing of the tag label tape 109 with print are temporarily stopped (interrupted), and wireless communication with the wireless tag main body 90 is performed from the apparatus antenna 52 in the conveyance stopped state. Thereafter, the conveyance and printing are resumed (FIG. 12 (i)), and finally all (“ABCDEFGHIJKLMN”) printing is completed (FIG. 12 (j)).
  • the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print When the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print further proceeds from the state of FIG. 12 (k), it corresponds to the tape longitudinal direction dimension X of each RFID label T set variably according to the length of the label print R.
  • the position of the main cutting line CLr reaches the position of the cutter 15 (note that the preceding information print R2 has been printed at this stage).
  • the detection of this position may be performed by detecting that the tag label tape 109 with print has advanced a predetermined distance from the state shown in FIG.
  • the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print is stopped, and the cutter 15 cuts at the main cutting line CLr (FIG. 12 (l)), and the leading end side of the tag label tape 109 with print is cut off.
  • the wireless tag label T is assumed.
  • FIG. 13 shows an example of the RFID label T for the second and subsequent sheets created after one or more RFID labels T are created in advance.
  • the RFID label T shown in the center is generated as a pair in combination with the attached label Ti shown on the left side.
  • the attached label Ti shown on the right side as a reference is generated together with the RFID label T (not shown) to be produced next.
  • the tag label producing apparatus 1 of the present embodiment controls so that the attached label Ti and the RFID label T are alternately generated and discharged.
  • the preceding information print R2 (“01234456789” in the illustrated example) is printed in the rear margin area PE2 downstream of the pitch reference line Lp in the tape transport direction (enlarged view). See XIIIa).
  • a subsequent information print R1 (“ABCDEFGHIJKLMN” in the illustrated example) is printed in the front margin area PE1 upstream of the pitch reference line Lp (see the enlarged view XIIIb).
  • the same preceding information print R2 and subsequent information print R1 are also printed on the attached label Ti (the one on the right side in the figure) to be created next.
  • the pitch reference line Lp is provided at a fixed-length pitch interval P.
  • the fixed-length front margin area PE1 (length X1) and the RFID label T (length) X) and the rear margin area PE2 (length X2) are arranged.
  • the length X in the tape conveyance direction of the RFID label T is variably set according to the content and mode (for example, the number of characters and the number of fonts) of the label print R to be printed.
  • the remaining area obtained by subtracting the blank area PE1 and the area occupied by the RFID label T is the rear blank area PE2.
  • the attached margin Ti to be created next has a trailing blank area PE2.
  • the attached label Ti is constituted only by the front margin area PE1
  • the length X1 of the front margin area PE1 is surely set so as not to deviate from the discharge path of the tag label apparatus 1 and the pressing roller 52. Is set to a length sufficient to be nipped and conveyed by the printer and discharged, so that it is reliably discharged out of the apparatus.
  • the main part of the present embodiment is the tag tape 101 and the tape tape 101 in the creation of the RFID label T sequentially executed by the basic configuration and operation as described above. This is to prevent a conveyance failure at the start of conveyance of the cover 103 film.
  • the configuration and operation related to the main part will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • FIG. 15A is an explanatory diagram showing the conceptual structure of the tag tape 101 in such a comparative example
  • FIG. 15B conceptually shows the transport path of the tag tape 101 from the first roll 102.
  • the tag tape 101 fed out from the first roll 102 is a part of the roller outer periphery of the tape feed roller 27 (in this example, about 1 / of the roller circumferential length W). 4 part), the transport path is bent by the tape feed roller 27 substantially perpendicular to the direction of the transport path after bonding, and the cover film 103 (not shown) is pasted by the tape feed roller 27 and the sub-roller 28, A tag label tape 109 with print is formed.
  • the tag tape 101 included in the tag label tape 109 that has been bonded in this manner and included in the tag label tape 109 with print reaches the cutter 15 at the front cutting line CLf in the front of the tape conveyance direction, and the conveyance by the tape feed roller 27 is stopped at that position. Is attached to form the attached label Ti (see FIG. 12F).
  • the distance along the transport direction is substantially equal to W / 4 (see FIG. 15B). Further, the distance from the winding end position on the outer periphery of the feed roller 27 to the cutter 15 is substantially equal to the distance Z from the center O of the feed roller 27 to the cutter 15 along the conveyance direction of the tag tape 101. Therefore, the distance along the conveying direction from the position at which the tag tape 101 starts to wrap around the outer periphery of the feed roller 27 to the cutter 15 is Z + (W / 4) which is the sum of the two.
  • the IC holding body 92 is electrically insulative to protect the IC circuit unit 80 and the conductive connection lands 93 and 94 that electrically connect the IC circuit unit 80 and the antenna pattern 62A.
  • the holding member 95 is comprised. Therefore, the IC holder 92 has a structure having a certain thickness and has high rigidity. As a result, when the tag tape 101 passes through the tape feeding roller 27, the IC holding body 92 having a large rigidity is passed along the outer peripheral portion of the tape feeding roller 27 while being deformed into an arc shape. (See FIG. 15B).
  • the gap g is relatively large as described above, and the front cutting line CLf is relatively separated from the front end of the wireless tag main body 90 in the tape conveyance direction.
  • the distance Y becomes relatively long, and a relationship of Z + (W / 4) ⁇ Y is established.
  • the deformation due to the outer peripheral portion shape of the tape feed roller 27 is completed only to the middle of the IC holding body 92. . That is, as shown in FIG.
  • the tip end portion 92f of the IC holding body 92 in the tape transport direction is deformed into an arc shape along the outer peripheral shape of the tape feed roller 27 and has already been in contact with the outer peripheral portion.
  • the remaining tape transport direction rear end side portion 92b of the IC holder 92 is not in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the tape feed roller 27 and is not deformed at all.
  • the gap g is relatively small as described above, and the front cutting line CLf is relatively at the front end of the wireless tag body 90 in the tape transport direction. It is provided at a close position.
  • Y 16.28 mm
  • Z 9 mm
  • W 31.4 mm
  • the diameter of the tape feed roller 27 is 10 mm
  • W / 4 7.9 mm
  • Z + W / 4 16.9 mm
  • the gap g 2 mm.
  • step S100 an operation signal from the PC 118 is input (via the communication line NW and the input / output interface 113), and preparation for setting print data, communication data with the RFID circuit element To, and the like based on the operation signal is performed. Processing (refer to FIG. 18 described later for details) is executed.
  • step S5 a control signal is output to the conveying motor drive circuit 121 via the input / output interface 113, and the tape feeding roller 27 and the ribbon take-up roller 106 are driven to rotate by the driving force of the conveying motor 121. Further, a control signal is output to the tape discharge motor 65 via the tape discharge motor drive circuit 123 to drive the drive roller 51 to rotate.
  • the tag tape 101 is fed out from the first roll 102 and supplied to the tape feed roller 27, and the cover film 103 is fed out from the second roll 104, and the tag tape 101 and the cover film 103 are fed to the tape feed. They are bonded and integrated by the roller 27 and the sub-roller 28 to form a tag label tape 109 with print, and are conveyed out of the cartridge 3 and further outward of the tag label producing apparatus 1.
  • step S10 the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the print start position of the subsequent information print R1 in the front margin area PE1 (hereinafter referred to as the front margin print start position as appropriate) (in other words, the subsequent information print R1). It is determined whether the tag label tape 109 with print has reached the position where it faces the print head 23 at the print start position (see FIG. 12B). The determination at this time is, for example, a predetermined known method for detecting the distance (successively stored and held from the previous time) the tape was transported after the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 was detected when the RFID label T was created last time.
  • step S15 a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 120 via the input / output interface 113, the print head 23 is energized, and the print data generated in step S100 is applied to the above-described front margin area PE1 of the cover film 103.
  • Printing of subsequent information printing R1 such as corresponding characters, symbols, barcodes, etc. is started (see FIG. 12C). Note that the printing of the subsequent information printing R1 is automatically terminated as soon as printing of the corresponding print data is completed.
  • step S20 based on the detection signal of the mark detection sensor 127 input through the input / output interface 113, whether or not the identifier PM of the tag label tape 109 with print is detected, that is, the tag label tape 109 with print is Whether the label print R has been transported to the print start position of the label print R in the label print area PE (hereinafter referred to as the “main print start position” where appropriate) (in other words, for the label label that has been printed to the print print start position of the label print R up to the position facing the print head It is determined whether the tape 109 has arrived; see FIG. The determination is not satisfied until the identifier PM is detected, and this procedure is repeated. If the identifier PM is detected, the determination is satisfied and the process proceeds to the next step S25.
  • step S25 a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 120 via the input / output interface 113, the print head 23 is energized, and the print data generated in step S100 is applied to the label print area PE of the cover film 103 described above.
  • Printing of label printing R such as corresponding characters, symbols, barcodes, etc. is started (see FIG. 12E).
  • step S30 whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the above-described pre-cut position (in other words, the tag label with print to the position where the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 faces the front cut line CLf set in step S100). Whether the tape 109 has been reached).
  • the gap g between the position of the front cutting line CLf and the front end of the wireless tag body 90 in the tape transport direction is, for example, about 2 mm.
  • the gap g in the comparative example structure of FIGS. 15A and 15B is shorter by 4 mm than 6 mm.
  • this corresponds to the setting position of the front cutting line CLf being shifted to the upstream side in the transport direction by 4 mm in this embodiment compared to the comparative example, and the determination in step S30 is also This corresponds to the timing of the previous cutting being delayed by 4 mm.
  • the determination in step S30 may be performed by, for example, detecting the transport distance after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in step S20 (using a transport motor 119 that is a pulse motor). Counting the number of pulses output from the driving motor driving circuit 121 for driving, etc.). The determination is not satisfied until the previous cutting position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. When the previous cutting position is reached, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S35.
  • step S35 control signals are output to the transport motor drive circuit 121 and the tape discharge motor drive circuit 123 via the input / output interface 113, the drive of the transport motor 119 and the tape discharge motor 65 is stopped, and the tape feed roller 27 is stopped. Then, the rotation of the ribbon take-up roller 106 and the driving roller 51 is stopped.
  • the first roll with the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 facing the front cutting line CLf set in step S100 the first roll with the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 facing the front cutting line CLf set in step S100.
  • the feeding of the tag tape 101 from 102, the feeding of the cover film 103 from the second roll 104, and the conveyance of the tag label tape 109 with print are stopped.
  • a control signal is also output to the print drive circuit 120 via the input / output interface 113, the energization of the print head 23 is stopped, and printing of the label print R is stopped (print interruption).
  • step S40 a control signal is output to the cutter motor driving circuit 122 via the input / output interface 113 to drive the cutter motor 43, and the movable blade 41 is rotated to cover the cover film 103 of the tag label tape 109 with print.
  • a pre-cutting process is performed in which the adhesive layer 101a, the base film 101b, the adhesive layer 101c, the adhesive layer 101d, the base film 101e, the adhesive layer 101f, and the release paper 101g are all cut (divided) by the pre-cut line CLf (FIG. 12 ( f)).
  • the attached label Ti is generated, which is separated from the printed tag label tape 109 and printed with information related to the creation of the two RFID tag labels T and T created (created) before and after. .
  • step S45 the feeding of the tag label tape 109 with print is resumed by rotating the tape feeding roller 27, the ribbon take-up roller 106, and the driving roller 51 in the same manner as in step S5.
  • the increase in the conveyance resistance is reduced by the above-described action.
  • the printing of the label print R is resumed by energizing the print head 23 as in step S25.
  • the attached label Ti generated in the form of a label (separated from the tag label tape 109 with print) in step S40 is conveyed toward the label discharge port 7, and the label discharge port 7 is discharged out of the tag label producing apparatus 1.
  • step S200 print label creation processing is performed. That is, when the RFID tag circuit element To is conveyed to the communication position (position where the RFID tag main body 90 faces the device antenna 52), conveyance and printing are stopped and information transmission / reception is performed (see FIG. 12H). Printing is resumed to complete the printing (see FIGS. 12 (i) and 12 (j)), and the preceding information print R2 on the next attached label Ti is printed (see FIG. 19 described later).
  • step S50 (note that at this point, the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print is resumed at step S200), and whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the above-described main cutting position (in other words, It is determined whether the tag label tape 109 with print has reached the position where the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 faces the main cutting line CLr set in step S100.
  • the determination at this time is also the same as described above, for example, by detecting the transport distance after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in the above step S20 by a predetermined known method (the transport motor 119 which is a pulse motor). Counting the number of pulses output from the driving motor driving circuit 121 for driving, etc.). The determination is not satisfied until the main cutting position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. If it is reached, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S55.
  • step S55 similarly to step S35, the rotation of the tape feeding roller 27, the ribbon take-up roller 106, and the driving roller 51 is stopped, and the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print is stopped.
  • the tag tape 101 is fed from the first roll 102
  • the cover film 103 is fed from the second roll 104
  • step S60 a control signal is output to the cutter motor drive circuit 122 to drive the cutter motor 43, and the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 is rotated to cover the cover film 103 and the adhesive layer 101a of the tag label tape 109 with print.
  • the base film 101b, the adhesive layer 101c, the adhesive layer 101d, the base film 101e, the adhesive layer 101f, and the release paper 101g are all cut (divided) along the main cutting line CLr (see FIG. 12 (l)). .
  • the tag label tape 109 that has been printed is separated, the RFID tag information of the RFID circuit element To is read (or the prescribed tag information is written), and the prescribed printing corresponding thereto is performed.
  • a label-like RFID label T is generated.
  • step S65 where a control signal is output to the tape discharge motor drive circuit 123 via the input / output interface 31, the drive of the tape discharge motor 65 is restarted, and the drive roller 51 is rotated.
  • the conveyance by the driving roller 51 is resumed, and the RFID label T generated in the label shape in the above-described step S60 is conveyed toward the label discharge port 7 and discharged from the label discharge port 7 to the outside of the label label producing apparatus 1. This flow is finished.
  • step S105 an operation signal input from the PC 118 is input (identified) via the input / output interface 113.
  • the operation signal includes, for example, characters, designs, patterns, etc. of the label print R (two prints for the previous print and the current print) specified by the operator, fonts thereof (font, size, thickness, etc.), characters,
  • code data of characters such as numbers and creation date and time
  • the writing information RFID tag information including at least a tag ID as identification information
  • tag attribute information such as the arrangement interval of the RFID circuit elements in the tag tape 101 and the tape width of the tag tape 101
  • a detected part for example, an identifier such as a concavo-convex shape
  • a mechanical detection such as a mechanical switch, a sensor for optical detection
  • the type of the cartridge 3 may be automatically detected and searched based on this detection signal.
  • step S110 print data (label printing R, subsequent information printing R1, and preceding information printing R2) corresponding to the printing information is created based on the operation signal input in step S105.
  • step S115 communication data corresponding to the writing information is created based on the operation signal input in step S105.
  • this procedure is performed when information is written to the RFID circuit element To to create the RFID label T, but only the information previously stored in the RFID circuit element To is read.
  • this procedure may be omitted.
  • step S120 the position of the above-described front cutting line CLf is set.
  • the position on the tape of the front cutting line CLf corresponding to the cartridge information is set based on the operation signal input in step S105. That is, the pitch interval P of the RFID tag main body 90 in the tag tape 101 (in other words, the distance between the pitch reference line Lp and the pitch reference line Lp) is uniquely determined according to the type of the cartridge 3 as described above. Further, the position of the front cutting line CLf (unlike the main cutting line CLr) is determined in advance from the front end of the tag label tape 109 with print (or the front end of the identifier PM) to a fixed position regardless of the contents of the label print R.
  • the position of the front cutting line CLf is set so that the distance Y from the rear end of the holding body 92 in the tape transport direction to the cutting position of the cutter 15 satisfies the condition of Z + (W / 4)> Y. .
  • the position of the front cutting line CLf is set to a predetermined position (fixed) for each cartridge 3 under such a premise.
  • step S125 a communication position on the tape by the above-described wireless tag main body 90 is set.
  • the type (size) and arrangement position of the wireless tag main body 90 and the wireless tag circuit element To and the arrangement position are determined depending on the type of the cartridge 3.
  • the position of the RFID tag main body 90 on the tag label tape 109 with print is set to a predetermined position for each cartridge 3 (fixedly). ) Set.
  • step S130 the position on the tape at which the printing of the label print R is completed (hereinafter referred to as the “main print end position” as appropriate) is calculated. That is, depending on the contents of the label print R, when the print length is long, the print end position is (relatively) closer to the rear end of the label, and when the print length is short, the print end position is It is closer (relatively) to the label front end side.
  • step S135 the position of the main cutting line CLr described above is set.
  • the position of the main cutting line CLr corresponding to the cartridge information on the tape is set based on the operation signal input in step S105 and the print end position calculated in step S130. That is, based on the operation signal input in step S105, the distance from the print end position to the main cutting line CLr is calculated in step S130 on the premise that the distance from the print end position to the main cutting line CLr is fixed in advance depending on the type of the cartridge 3.
  • the position of the main cutting line CLr on the tape is calculated in such a manner that the predetermined distance is added to the print end position (intervened).
  • step S140 the position of the pitch reference line Lp of the tag label tape 109 with print is set.
  • the label size of the tag label tape 109 with print is based on the premise that the label size is determined in advance according to the type of the cartridge 3 based on the operation signal input in step S105.
  • the position of the pitch reference line Lp is set (fixed) to a predetermined position for each cartridge 3.
  • step S145 the rear end position on the tape of the wireless tag main body 90 described above is set.
  • This setting is also based on the premise that the type (size) and arrangement position of the RFID circuit element To are determined in advance by the type of the cartridge 3 based on the operation signal input in step S105, as described above.
  • the rear end position of the RFID label main body 90 on the tag label tape 109 with print is set (fixed) to a predetermined position for each cartridge 3.
  • step S150 it is determined whether or not the position of the main cutting line CLr (main cutting position) set in step S135 is closer to the label rear end side than the rear end position of the wireless tag main body 90 in step S145. If the position of the main cutting line CLr is set on the label rear end side, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S165.
  • step S155 since there is a possibility that a part of the wireless tag main body 90 is cut as it is, in order to avoid this, the position of the main cutting line CLr is labeled more than the rear end position of the wireless tag main body 90. The position is corrected so as to be on the rear end side (reset), and the process proceeds to step S165.
  • step S165 the printing positions of the subsequent information printing R1 and the preceding information printing R2 are set.
  • this setting is also based on the precondition that the label size is predetermined according to the type of the cartridge 3 based on the operation signal input in step S105. For example, the pitch of the tag label tape 109 with print is set.
  • the positions for executing the subsequent information printing R1 and the preceding information printing R2 are set to fixed positions (fixed) for each cartridge 3 in advance. Note that, as shown in 14 above, when the trailing margin area PE2 for printing the preceding information print R2 is insufficient, the setting of the print position of the preceding information print R2 is omitted.
  • step S170 when communication is performed from the device antenna 52, which will be described later, to the RFID circuit element To, the number of times of retrying communication (retry) when there is no response from the RFID circuit element To (number of access attempts).
  • the variables M and N to be counted are initialized to 0, and this routine is terminated.
  • step S210 whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the communication position with the device antenna 52 described above (in other words, the device antenna 52 set in step S125 above is the RFID tag main body. It is determined whether the tag label tape 109 with print has reached a position substantially opposite to the 90 position; see FIG. The determination at this time may also be detected by a predetermined known method, for example, after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in step S20, as in step S30 of FIG. The determination is not satisfied until the communication position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. When the communication position is reached, the determination is satisfied and the process proceeds to the next step S220.
  • step S220 in the same manner as in step S35, the rotation of the tape feeding roller 27, the ribbon take-up roller 106, and the driving roller 51 is stopped, and the tag label that has been printed with the apparatus antenna 52 facing the wireless tag main body 90 is substantially facing.
  • the conveyance of the tape 109 for use stops. Further, the energization of the print head 23 is stopped, and the printing of the label print R is stopped (interrupted) (see FIG. 12 (i)).
  • step S400 information is transmitted and received between the device antenna 52 and the RFID circuit element To by wireless communication, and the IC circuit unit 80 of the RFID circuit element To is created in the above step S115 of FIG.
  • Information transmission / reception processing is performed in which information is written (or information previously stored in the IC circuit unit is read) (see FIG. 20 described later for details).
  • step S230 the process proceeds to step S230, and similarly to step S45 of FIG. 17, the tape feeding roller 27, the ribbon take-up roller 106, and the driving roller 51 are rotationally driven to resume the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print,
  • the print head 23 is energized to resume printing the label print R.
  • step S240 it is determined whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the above-described main printing end position (calculated in step S130 in FIG. 18).
  • the determination at this time may also be made by detecting the transport distance after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in step S20 in the same manner as described above, for example. The determination is not satisfied until the print end position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. When the print end position is reached, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S250.
  • step S250 as in step S35 of FIG. 17, the energization of the print head 23 is stopped and printing of the label print R is stopped. Thereby, the printing of the label print R for the predetermined print area is completed (see FIG. 12J).
  • step S500 a post-margin printing process is performed in which the preceding information print R2 is printed at a position corresponding to the rear margin area PE2 only when the length X2 of the rear margin area PE2 is sufficiently long (details will be described later). 21), this routine is terminated.
  • step S400 The detailed procedure of step S400 described above will be described with reference to FIG.
  • information writing will be described as an example of the information writing and information reading described above.
  • step S410 a control signal is output to the transmission circuit 306 via the input / output interface 113 to transmit a tag ID read command signal. That is, the transmitter circuit 306 generates a query wave (in this example, the tag ID read command signal as an inquiry signal) for acquiring the stored ID information of the RFID circuit element To by performing predetermined modulation. To do. Then, this tag ID read command signal is transmitted to the RFID tag circuit element To to be written through the device antenna 52. Thereby, the memory part 86 of the RFID circuit element To is initialized.
  • a query wave in this example, the tag ID read command signal as an inquiry signal
  • step S415 the reply signal (including the tag ID) transmitted from the RFID tag circuit element To as the write target corresponding to the tag ID read command signal is received via the device antenna 52, and the receiving circuit 307 is received. And input / output interface 113.
  • step S420 based on the received reply signal, it is determined whether or not the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To has been normally read.
  • step S420 determines whether the determination in step S420 is satisfied. If the determination in step S420 is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S440, where a control signal is output to the transmission circuit 306 via the input / output interface 113, and a write command signal is transmitted. That is, the transmission circuit 306 performs a predetermined modulation to specify the tag ID read in step S415 and write a query wave for writing desired data in the memory unit 86 of the RFID circuit element To (in this example, The Write command signal) is generated. Then, the Write command signal is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as the information writing target via the device antenna 52, and information is written.
  • a control signal is output to the transmission circuit 306 via the input / output interface 113, and a write command signal is transmitted. That is, the transmission circuit 306 performs a predetermined modulation to specify the tag ID read in step S415 and write a query wave for writing desired data in the memory unit 86 of the RFID circuit element To (in this example, The Write command signal) is generated. The
  • step S445 a control signal is output to the transmission circuit 306 via the input / output interface 113, and a Read command signal is transmitted.
  • the transmission circuit 306 performs predetermined modulation to specify the tag ID read in step S415 and to read the data recorded in the memory unit 86 of the RFID circuit element To (this example) Then, the Read command signal) is generated. Then, this Read command signal is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To which information is to be written via the device antenna 52 to prompt a reply.
  • step S450 a reply signal transmitted from the RFID tag circuit element To to be written in response to the Read command signal is received via the device antenna 52 and taken in via the receiving circuit 307.
  • step S455 the information stored in the memory unit 86 of the RFID circuit element To is confirmed based on the received reply signal, and a known error detection code (CRC code; Cyclic Redundancy Check, etc.) is used. Then, it is determined whether or not the predetermined information transmitted as described above is normally stored in the memory unit 86.
  • CRC code Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • step S470 a control signal is output to the transmission circuit 306, and a lock command signal is transmitted. That is, the transmission circuit 306 performs a predetermined modulation to specify the tag ID read in step S415 and to interrogate the data recorded in the memory unit 86 of the RFID circuit element To. (In this example, the lock command signal is generated). Then, the lock command signal is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as the information writing target via the device antenna 52, and writing of new information to the RFID circuit element To is prohibited. Thereby, the information writing to the RFID tag circuit element To to be written is completed.
  • step S480 the process proceeds to step S480, and the combination of the information written in the RFID circuit element To in the step S440 and the print information of the label print R already printed in the print area by the print head 23 corresponding to this,
  • the data is output via the input / output interface 113 and the communication line NW and stored in the information server IS or the route server RS.
  • This stored data is stored and held in the database of each server IS, RS, for example, so that it can be referred to from the PC 118 as necessary. This routine is completed as described above.
  • step S500 The detailed procedure of step S500 described above with reference to FIG. 19 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • step S510 of the flow shown in FIG. 21 the position of the main cutting line CLr set in step S135 (the main cutting position) and the position of the pitch reference line Lp set in step S140 are set in advance. It is determined whether or not the distance is equal to or greater than a predetermined distance (specifically, a distance that is necessary for printing the preceding information print R2). If the position of the main cutting line CLr and the position of the pitch reference line Lp are too close, this determination is not satisfied and it is considered that it is not appropriate to print the preceding information print R2, and this routine is terminated. On the other hand, if the position of the main cutting line CLr and the position of the pitch reference line Lp are sufficiently far, this determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S520.
  • a predetermined distance specifically, a distance that is necessary for printing the preceding information print R2
  • step S520 as in step S10, whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the print start position of the preceding information print R2 in the rear blank area PE2 (hereinafter, referred to as the rear blank print start position as appropriate) (in other words, It is determined whether the tag label tape 109 with print has reached the print start position of the preceding information print R2 up to the position facing the print head 23; see FIG. 12 (k)).
  • the determination at this time may be performed by detecting the transport distance after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in step S20 in the same manner as described above (driving the transport motor 119, which is a pulse motor). For example, the number of pulses output from the conveyance motor drive circuit 121 is counted). The determination is not satisfied until the trailing margin printing start position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. When the trailing margin printing start position is reached, the determination is satisfied and the process proceeds to the next step S530.
  • step S530 as in step S15 and the like described above, a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 120 via the input / output interface 113, the print head 23 is energized, and the above-described rear margin area PE2 of the cover film 103 is Printing of characters, symbols, barcodes and the like corresponding to the print data of the preceding information print R2 generated in step S110 is started (see FIG. 12 (l)). Note that the printing of the preceding information print R2 automatically ends as soon as printing of the corresponding print data is completed. Then, this routine ends.
  • the control circuit 110 controls the tape feed roller 27 and the cutter 15 in cooperation with each other, and when the cutter 15 that has stopped the conveyance is cut, the IC holding body 92 in the entire conveyance direction is arranged.
  • the dimensions are brought into contact with each other in an arc shape along the outer peripheral portion of the tape feed roller 27 (see FIG. 16B).
  • the wireless tag cartridge 3 is configured such that Z + (W / 4)> Y with respect to the distance Z and the roller circumferential length W, and the cartridge holder 6 and the cutter 15 are disposed.
  • the IC holder 92 of the tag tape 101 has an arc-shaped warping direction when the tag tape 101 is wound as the first roll 102, and the tag tape 101 is connected to the tape feed roller 27.
  • the arcuate warping direction in contact with the outer peripheral portion is the opposite direction (see FIG. 16B).
  • the IC holding body 92 is deformed so as to be bent in an arc shape on the outer side of the tape feed roller 27 from the state in which the IC holder 92 is bent in an arc shape on one side in the first roll 102.
  • the warping is corrected in the opposite direction, so that the conveyance resistance based on the rigidity of the IC holder 92 described above becomes particularly large. Therefore, as described above, it is particularly effective in preventing the occurrence of a conveyance failure to control the conveyance of the tag tape 101 while all of the IC holders 92 are in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the tape feed roller 27. is there.
  • the control circuit 110 controls the tape feed roller 27, the print head 23, and the cutter 15 in cooperation with each other, and each time the RFID label T with print is produced, the RFID label T is attached.
  • Two of the labels Ti and the labels Ti are alternately discharged while being separated from each other.
  • the attached label Ti corresponds to a combination of the aforementioned rear margin area PE2 portion on the other side and the front margin area PE1 portion on the one side. Therefore, the length (X1 + X2) is the label printing area. Compared with the length X of the PE portion (the RFID label T main body), it is not so short.
  • the single tag label producing device 1 performs both printing and dividing formation of the RFID label T (that is, producing the printed label) and reading information or writing information to the RFID circuit element To.
  • the present invention is not limited to this. That is, for example, creation of a print label and information transmission / reception may be performed by separate devices (printing device, wireless tag communication device).
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 1 in the first embodiment, and the same components as those in FIG. 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate (in FIGS. 23 to 26 below). The same).
  • the printing device 402 and the RFID tag communication device 403 are connected to the information server IS, the terminal 118a, and the general-purpose computer 118b via a wired or wireless communication line NW.
  • the printing apparatus 402 includes an apparatus main body 408 having a cartridge holder 405.
  • a print label cartridge 407 is provided in the cartridge holder 405, and the width direction of the tag tape 101 is substantially perpendicular to the paper surface in the drawing. It is stored so that it becomes.
  • the print label cartridge 407 is substantially the same as the tag tape 101 and the first roll 502 around which the strip-shaped tag tape 101 on which the RFID tag main body 90 (not shown) is arranged is wound in the same manner as the above embodiment.
  • a second roll 504 wound with the transparent cover film 103 having a width, a ribbon supply side roll 511 for feeding out the ink ribbon 505, a ribbon take-up roller 506 for taking up the ink ribbon 505 after printing, and a tag tape 101 and the cover film 103 are pressed and bonded together to form a printed label tape 510, which is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow, and provided with a tape feed roller 507 fed out from the print label cartridge 407.
  • the apparatus main body 408 includes a print head 410 for performing predetermined printing (label printing R, subsequent information printing R1, and preceding information printing R2 as in the first embodiment) on the cover film 103, and this printing.
  • a print drive circuit 425 for controlling energization to the head 410, a ribbon take-up roller drive shaft 411 for driving the ribbon take-up roller 506, a tape feed roller drive shaft 412 for driving the tape feed roller 507, and the tape A sub-roller 509 paired with the feed roller 507, a platen roller 508, a print label cartridge motor 423 that is a pulse motor for driving the tape feed roller drive shaft 412 and the ribbon take-up roller drive shaft 411, and the print Print label cartridge for controlling the drive of the label cartridge motor 423
  • a cartridge driving circuit 424 a cutter 415 that cuts the printed label tape 510 to a predetermined length at a predetermined timing to generate a printed label S; and a cutter solenoid 426 that drives the cutter 415 to perform a cutting
  • a solenoid drive circuit 427 for controlling the solenoid 426.
  • a solenoid drive circuit 427 for controlling the solenoid 426.
  • the above-described print label cartridge drive circuit 424, print drive circuit 425, solenoid drive circuit 427 and the like are controlled by the control circuit 430.
  • the control circuit 430 is a so-called microcomputer, and although not shown in detail, it is composed of a central processing unit such as a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM, and is stored in advance in the ROM while using a temporary storage function of the RAM. The signal processing is performed according to the programmed program.
  • the control circuit 430 is connected to, for example, the communication line NW via the input / output interface 431, and exchanges information with the terminal 118a, the general-purpose computer 118b, the information server IS, and the like connected to the communication line NW. It is possible.
  • the ribbon take-up roller 506 and the tape feed roller 507 are driven to rotate in synchronization with the directions indicated by the arrows by the driving force of the print label cartridge motor 423.
  • the tape feed roller drive shaft 412 is connected to the sub-roller 509 and the platen roller 508 by a gear (not shown).
  • the tape feed roller drive shaft 412 is driven, the tape feed roller 507, the sub-roller 509, And the platen roller 508 rotates.
  • the tag tape 101 having the seven-layer structure described above is fed from the first roll 502 and supplied to the tape feed roller 507, and the cover film 103 is fed from the second roll 504.
  • the extended cover film 103 is connected to the print head 410 together with the ribbon supply roller 511 and the ribbon 505 driven by the ribbon take-up roller 506 disposed on the back side thereof (that is, the side to be bonded to the tag tape 101). And the platen roller 508, and is pressed against the print head 410 to be brought into contact with the back surface of the cover film 103. At this time, a plurality of heating elements of the print head 410 are energized by the print drive circuit 425, and a label print R such as a predetermined character, symbol, barcode, stripe, etc. is printed in a predetermined area on the back surface of the cover film 103. .
  • the ink ribbon 505 that has finished printing on the cover film 103 is taken up by the ribbon take-up roller 506 by driving the ribbon take-up roller drive shaft 411.
  • the cover film 103 after printing is sandwiched between the tag tape 101 and the tape feed roller 507 and the sub-roller 509, and is pasted and integrated together by pressing to form a printed label tape 510. Then, the printed label tape 510 is cut to a predetermined length by the cutter 415, thereby generating a printed label S including the RFID circuit element To, and the printed label S is transferred to the carry-out port 408B (see FIG. 22). ).
  • the print label S generated by the printing device 402 is carried into the device main body 409 of the RFID tag communication device 403 from the carry-in port 409A (see FIG. 22) (for example, by an operator's manual operation). It is like that.
  • the apparatus main body 409 includes a label feed roller 517 that conveys the print label S carried in from the carry-in port 409A in the direction indicated by the arrow, a label feed roller drive shaft 518 that drives the label feed roller 517, and this label feed roller drive.
  • a label feed roller motor 519 that is a pulse motor that drives the shaft 518
  • a label feed roller drive circuit 520 that controls the drive of the label feed roller motor 519
  • the RFID circuit element To provided in the print label S A device antenna 414 that transmits and receives signals by radio communication using high frequency with the wireless tag circuit element To (see FIG. 26 described later) provided in the wireless tag main body 90 of the print label S via the device antenna 414.
  • the high-frequency circuit 421 for completing the gravel T The high-frequency circuit 421 for completing the gravel T, the signal processing circuit 422 for processing the signal read from the RFID circuit element To, and the RFID label T with print to the exit 409B (see FIG. 22). And a conveyance guide 413 for guiding.
  • the apparatus main body 409 is connected to the control circuit 530 that controls the operation of the entire RFID tag communication apparatus 403 via the high frequency circuit 421, the signal processing circuit 422, the label feed roller driving circuit 520, and the like.
  • a display / operation unit (a touch panel in this example) 540 having a display function and an operation input function.
  • the control circuit 530 is a so-called microcomputer, like the control circuit 430 described above.
  • the control circuit 530 is connected to the communication line NW via the input / output interface 531 and can exchange information with the terminal 118a, the general-purpose computer 118b, the information server IS, and the like connected to the communication line NW. It is.
  • the touch panel 540 displays print information corresponding to the print label S to be accessed with respect to the RFID circuit element To (other information may be displayed as necessary).
  • this RFID label generation system TS2 first, an operator inputs identification information (tag ID) specific to the RFID circuit element To, printing information (printing characters, etc.) corresponding thereto and additional information through the terminal 118a. To do. Then, the identification information, the print information, and the additional information are sent to the printing apparatus 402, and the corresponding packet information (not shown) is generated by the printing apparatus 402. Then, the packet information is sent from the printing device 402 to the wireless tag communication device 403 and the information server IS.
  • identification information tag ID
  • printing information printing characters, etc.
  • printing R corresponding to the printing information is performed on the cover film 103 by the printing head 410, and the printed label formed by integrating the printed cover film 103 and the tag tape 101 together.
  • the print label S including the RFID tag main body 90 including the RFID circuit element To is generated and carried out by cutting the tape 510 with the cutter 415 (At this time, as in the first embodiment, the attached label Ti and the print label S are alternately produced (see FIGS. 9, 11, 13, and 14).
  • print information corresponding to the print label S generated by the printing device 402 is displayed on the touch panel 540 of the wireless tag communication device 403.
  • the operator sees the display on the touch panel 540, inserts the print label S corresponding to the print information displayed on the touch panel 540 from the carry-in port 409 ⁇ / b> A of the wireless tag communication device 403, and supplies the printed label S into the wireless tag communication device 403.
  • data corresponding to the identification information is written in the RFID circuit element To provided in the print label S, and the RFID label T with print is completed.
  • the operator selects one piece of print information using the touch panel 540, and then wirelessly displays the print label S corresponding to the selected print information. This is supplied to the tag communication device 403.
  • the RFID label generation system TS2 of the present embodiment is characterized by the same configuration and control mode when the print label S is created by the printing device 402 as when the RFID label T is created by the tag label creation device 1 of the first embodiment. (Excluding controls related to information transmission / reception). That is, in the second embodiment, the circumferential length W of the outer periphery of the tape feed roller 507 and the center O of the tape feed roller 507 along the tape transport direction of the tag tape 101 are the same as described above with reference to FIG.
  • Print label so that the distance Y from the rear end in the conveying direction of the IC holder 92 to the cutting position of the cutter 415 satisfies the relationship Z + (W / 4)> Y with respect to the distance Z from to the cutter 415.
  • Cartridge 407, and a cartridge holder 405 and a cutter 415 are arranged.
  • control circuit 430 controls the tape feed roller 507 (roller drive shaft 412), the print head 23, and the cutter 15 in cooperation with each other so that one tag tape 101 constituting each label print area PE corresponds to one tag tape 101. While the print label S is created, one attached label Ti is created for each tag tape 101 that constitutes the combined area of the front margin area PE1 and the rear margin area PE2. Thus, as described above, every time one printed label S is produced, the two printed labels S and the attached label Ti are alternately discharged in a state of being separated from each other.
  • the attached label Ti corresponds to a combination of the aforementioned rear margin area PE2 portion on the other side and the front margin area PE1 portion on the one side, and therefore the length (X1 + X2) is the label printing. Compared with the length X of the area PE portion (printed label body), it is not so short. As a result, it is possible to prevent the printing apparatus 402 from adversely deviating laterally from the conveyance path during conveyance / discharge after the attached label Ti is cut. Therefore, it is possible to improve the operation reliability of the printing apparatus 402 and to create a highly reliable print label S, and hence a RFID label T.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto, and writing of RFID tag information to the moving tag tape 101 is performed. -You may make it read and print.
  • the RFID tag information is read or written from the IC circuit unit 80 of the RFID circuit element To, but the printing heads 23 and 410 perform printing for identifying the RFID circuit element To. Absent. This printing does not necessarily have to be performed, and the present invention can be applied to those that only read or write the RFID tag information.
  • the first rolls 102 and 502 are not limited to those that can be attached to and detached from the tag label producing device 1 and the printing device 402 side such as the cartridges 3 and 407, but are so-called installation types or integral types that are not attachable to and detachable from the device body side. It is also possible. In this case, the same effect is obtained.
  • FIGS. 6, 24, 25, 26, etc. show an example of the signal flow, and do not limit the signal flow direction.
  • FIGS. 17 to 21 and the like do not limit the present invention to the procedure shown in the above-described flow, and addition / deletion of the procedure or change of order within the scope of the gist and technical idea of the invention. You may do.

Abstract

At the time of producing labels, transportation failure caused by poor transportation force can be reliably prevented. A wireless tag cartridge (3), a cartridge holder (6), and a cutting means (15) are configured and arranged so that 1/4 of a circumferential length (W) of a tape feeding roller (27), a distance (Z) between a roller center (O) and the cutting means (15) along the tape transportation direction of a tag tape (101), and a distance (Y) between a rear end of an IC holder (92) in the transportation direction and a position of the cutting means (15) satisfy Z+(W/4)>Y. The tape feeding roller (27) and the cutting means (15) are cooperatively controlled so that, when transportation is stopped for the cutting means (15) to perform cutting, the entirety of the IC holder (92) in the transportation direction is in arc contact with the outer periphery of the tape feeding roller (27).

Description

印字ラベル作成装置Print label production device
 本発明は、無線タグ回路素子を備えたタグテープに印字を行い、印字つきの無線タグラベルを作成するための印字ラベル作成装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a printed label producing apparatus for printing on a tag tape provided with a wireless tag circuit element and creating a wireless tag label with printing.
 情報を記憶する無線タグ回路素子に対し非接触で情報の送受信を行うRFID(Radio Frequency Identification)システムが知られている。 2. Description of the Related Art An RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) system that transmits and receives information without contact with a RFID circuit element that stores information is known.
 例えば、このような無線タグ回路素子に対し情報の送受信を行い無線タグラベルの作成を行うタグラベル作成装置としては、特許文献1に記載のものが知られている。この従来技術では、無線タグラベルを作成する際には、2つのテープロールを備えた無線タグカートリッジ(タグラベル作成装置用カートリッジ)を装着し、2つのテープを貼り合わせた貼り合わせテープ(印字済みタグラベル用テープ)を用いて作成を行う。すなわち、無線タグカートリッジをカートリッジホルダに装着すると、搬送手段による搬送によってタグテープロールからタグテープ(基材テープ)が繰り出されると共に、被印字テープロールから被印字テープ(カバーフィルム)が繰り出される。これらタグテープと被印字テープとは、カートリッジ側に備えられた押圧ローラ(圧着ローラ)によって押圧されて(タグラベル作成装置側のサブローラも協働する)互いに貼り合わされ、貼り合わせテープが形成される。このとき、上記搬送中には、印字手段(印字ヘッド)によって被印字テープに所定の印字が形成される。その後、所定の搬送方向位置まで貼り合わせテープが搬送されたら、貼り合わせテープが切断手段(カッタ)によって切断され(この切断位置が無線タグラベルの搬送方向後端部となる)、これによって所定長さの印字付きの無線タグラベルが連続的に生成される。 For example, as a tag label producing device for producing an RFID label by transmitting / receiving information to / from such an RFID circuit element, the one described in Patent Document 1 is known. In this prior art, when producing a RFID label, a RFID tag cartridge (tag label producing device cartridge) equipped with two tape rolls is attached, and a bonding tape (for printed tag label) in which the two tapes are bonded together. Tape). That is, when the wireless tag cartridge is mounted on the cartridge holder, the tag tape (base tape) is fed out from the tag tape roll by the conveyance by the conveyance means, and the print-receiving tape (cover film) is fed out from the print-receiving tape roll. The tag tape and the print-receiving tape are pressed against each other by a pressing roller (pressing roller) provided on the cartridge side (the sub-roller on the tag label producing apparatus side also cooperates) to form a bonding tape. At this time, during the conveyance, predetermined printing is formed on the print-receiving tape by the printing means (printing head). After that, when the bonding tape is conveyed to a predetermined conveyance direction position, the bonding tape is cut by a cutting means (cutter) (this cutting position becomes the rear end portion in the conveyance direction of the RFID label), and thereby a predetermined length. The RFID label with the mark is continuously generated.
特開2006-323735号公報JP 2006-323735 A
 上記従来技術においては、前述のようにして1つの無線タグラベルが(貼り合わせテープの後端部が切断されることによって)完成したとき、次の無線タグラベルを作成するための貼り合わせテープが、上記切断された箇所を搬送方向先端部として、貼り合わせ前のタグテープ及び被印字テープとともに後続して停止した状態となっている。ここで、前述したように、被印字テープは、搬送時においては、被印字テープロール内に巻回された状態→被印字テープロールから繰り出された状態→押圧ローラで(タグテープと)貼り合わされて貼り合わせテープの一部へ→・・、という挙動となる。同様に、タグテープは、搬送時においては、タグテープロール内に巻回された状態→タグテープロールから繰り出された状態→押圧ローラで(被印字テープと)貼り合わされて貼り合わせテープの一部へ・・、という挙動となる。したがって、上述のように先行する1つの無線タグラベルが完成し停止した状態では、押圧ローラの搬送方向上流側に(貼り合わされる直前の)被印字テープとタグテープとが存在し、押圧ローラの搬送方向下流側には既に貼り合わせ済みの貼り合わせテープが存在することとなる。 In the prior art, when one RFID tag label is completed as described above (by cutting the rear end of the bonding tape), the bonding tape for producing the next RFID tag label is With the cut portion as the leading end in the conveyance direction, the tape tape is subsequently stopped together with the tag tape and the tape to be printed before bonding. Here, as described above, the print-receiving tape is wound in the print-receiving tape roll, is fed out from the print-receiving tape roll, and is adhered (with the tag tape) by the pressing roller during conveyance. To a part of the laminated tape. Similarly, when the tag tape is transported, it is wound in the tag tape roll, is fed out from the tag tape roll, is pasted by a pressing roller (to a print-receiving tape), and part of the pasting tape. It becomes the behavior of ... Therefore, in the state where one preceding RFID tag label is completed and stopped as described above, the print-receiving tape and the tag tape (immediately before being bonded) exist on the upstream side in the conveyance direction of the pressure roller, and the conveyance of the pressure roller. A bonded tape that has already been bonded exists on the downstream side in the direction.
 ここで、タグテープは、貼り合わせの押圧時に押圧ローラの外周部によって方向が変えられる。タグテープには、複数の無線タグ本体がテープ長手方向に所定間隔で配置されている。各無線タグ本体は、上記無線タグ回路素子を保持するためのIC保持体(IC回路保持体)を備えている。IC保持体は、IC回路部とアンテナパターンとを電気的に接続する導電性の接続ランド(接続端子)と、回路を保護する電気絶縁性の保持部材(保護フィルム)とを備えており、この結果ある程度の肉厚を有する構造となっている。したがって、無線タグ本体のうち、IC保持体のある部分は、それ以外の部分に比べて肉厚寸法が大きく、比較的大きな剛性を備えている。したがって、タグテープが上記のように押圧ローラにより方向が変えられる場合には、IC保持体が押圧ローラを通過する際、大きな剛性を備えるIC保持体を押圧ローラの外周部形状に沿って円弧状に変形させつつ、通過させることとなる。この結果、押圧ローラの通過時に上記のIC保持体の剛性によって大きな抵抗(搬送抵抗)が生じることとなる。 Here, the direction of the tag tape is changed by the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller when pressing the bonding. On the tag tape, a plurality of wireless tag main bodies are arranged at predetermined intervals in the tape longitudinal direction. Each RFID tag main body includes an IC holder (IC circuit holder) for holding the RFID circuit element. The IC holder includes a conductive connection land (connection terminal) for electrically connecting the IC circuit portion and the antenna pattern, and an electrically insulating holding member (protective film) for protecting the circuit. As a result, the structure has a certain thickness. Therefore, in the wireless tag main body, a portion where the IC holder is provided has a larger wall thickness and a relatively large rigidity compared to other portions. Therefore, when the direction of the tag tape is changed by the pressing roller as described above, when the IC holding body passes through the pressing roller, the IC holding body having a large rigidity is formed in an arc shape along the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller. It is allowed to pass through while being deformed. As a result, a large resistance (conveyance resistance) occurs due to the rigidity of the IC holding body when the pressure roller passes.
 特に、上述のように先行する1つの無線タグラベルが完成し搬送停止した状態において、IC保持体の途中まで上記押圧ローラの外周部形状による変形が完了した状態(すなわち、IC保持体の搬送方向先端側は押圧ローラの外周部形状に沿った円弧状に変形して当該外周部に接触済みであるものの、残りのIC保持体の搬送方向後端側は押圧ローラの外周部に接触しておらず何ら変形していない状態)となっている場合がありうる。このような場合には、その後、後続の無線タグラベルの作成の際に搬送手段の搬送を開始するとき、上記搬送抵抗が特に大きくなるため、搬送手段の搬送力が不足し、搬送不良が発生するおそれがあった。特に、AC電源ではなくバッテリー駆動のラベル作成装置では、搬送手段の搬送力に制約があるため、上記のような懸念が強かった。 In particular, in a state where one preceding RFID tag label is completed and transport is stopped as described above, the deformation due to the shape of the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller is completed partway through the IC holder (that is, the leading end of the IC holder in the transport direction). Although the side is deformed into an arc shape along the outer periphery of the pressure roller and has already been in contact with the outer periphery, the rear end side in the transport direction of the remaining IC holder is not in contact with the outer periphery of the pressure roller. There may be a case where no deformation has occurred. In such a case, the transporting resistance of the transporting unit becomes particularly large when the transporting of the transporting unit is started when the subsequent RFID label is produced. Therefore, the transporting force of the transporting unit is insufficient, resulting in a transport failure. There was a fear. In particular, in the battery-driven label producing apparatus instead of the AC power source, there is a strong concern as described above, because the conveying force of the conveying means is limited.
 本発明の目的は、ラベル作成時における、搬送力不足による搬送不良の発生を確実に防止できる印字ラベル作成装置を提供することにある。 An object of the present invention is to provide a printed label producing apparatus that can reliably prevent the occurrence of conveyance failure due to insufficient conveyance force during label production.
 上記目的を達成するために、第1の発明は、シート状のアンテナ基材と、前記アンテナ基材に設けられ情報の送受信を行うタグアンテナと、情報を記憶するIC回路部、及び、前記IC回路部を前記アンテナ基材に対し保持する保持部材を含むIC保持体とをそれぞれ備えた、複数の無線タグ本体がテープ長手方向に所定間隔で配置されたタグテープを用いて、前記無線タグ回路素子を備えた複数の無線タグラベルを作成するための印字ラベル作成装置であって、前記タグテープを軸心と直交する方向に巻回したタグテープロール、前記タグテープに貼り合わされる被印字テープを軸心と直交する方向に巻回した被印字テープロール、及び、前記タグテープロールから繰り出された前記タグテープと前記被印字テープロールから繰り出された前記被印字テープとを押圧し貼り合わせて貼り合わせテープとする押圧ローラ、を有する無線タグカートリッジを着脱可能なカートリッジホルダと、前記タグテープ、前記被印字テープ、及び前記貼り合わせテープを、搬送するための搬送手段と、前記搬送手段による搬送中に前記被印字テープに対し印字を行う印字手段と、前記搬送手段による搬送の停止時に前記貼り合わせテープを厚さ方向に切断する切断手段と、前記押圧ローラと協働して前記タグテープと前記被印字テープとを押圧し前記貼り合わせテープとするサブローラと、前記切断手段による切断動作時において、前記IC保持体の搬送方向全寸法が前記押圧ローラの外周部に沿って円弧状に接触した状態で前記タグテープの搬送が停止するように、前記搬送手段及び前記切断手段を連携して制御する制御手段とを有することを特徴とする。 In order to achieve the above object, the first invention provides a sheet-like antenna substrate, a tag antenna provided on the antenna substrate for transmitting and receiving information, an IC circuit unit for storing information, and the IC The RFID circuit using the tag tape in which a plurality of RFID tag bodies are arranged at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction of the tape, each of which includes an IC holder including a holding member that holds the circuit portion with respect to the antenna substrate. A printing label producing apparatus for producing a plurality of RFID tag labels provided with an element, comprising: a tag tape roll in which the tag tape is wound in a direction perpendicular to an axis; and a printing tape to be bonded to the tag tape. The print-receiving tape roll wound in the direction orthogonal to the axis, and the tag tape fed out from the tag tape roll and the print-out tape roll. A cartridge holder that has a pressing roller that presses and bonds the print-receiving tape to form a bonding tape, and a cartridge holder that can be attached and detached, and the tag tape, the print-receiving tape, and the bonding tape are conveyed. A conveying means for printing, a printing means for printing on the print-receiving tape during conveyance by the conveying means, a cutting means for cutting the bonding tape in the thickness direction when the conveyance by the conveying means is stopped, and A sub-roller that presses the tag tape and the print-receiving tape in cooperation with the pressing roller to form the bonding tape, and the entire size of the IC holder in the conveying direction during the cutting operation by the cutting means is the pressing roller. The conveying means and the cutting means are arranged so that the conveyance of the tag tape is stopped in a state of being in a circular arc shape along the outer periphery of the tape. And having a control means for controlling in cooperation means.
 本願第1発明においては、2つのテープロールを備えた無線タグカートリッジを装着し、2つのテープを貼り合わせた貼り合わせテープを用いて作成を行う。すなわち、無線タグカートリッジをカートリッジホルダに装着すると、搬送手段による搬送によってタグテープロールからタグテープが繰り出されると共に、被印字テープロールから被印字テープが繰り出される。これらタグテープと被印字テープとは、カートリッジ側に備えられた押圧ローラによって押圧されて(印字ラベル作成装置側のサブローラも協働する)互いに貼り合わされ、貼り合わせテープが形成される。このとき、上記搬送中には、印字手段によって被印字テープに所定の印字が形成される。その後、所定の搬送方向位置まで貼り合わせテープが搬送されたら、貼り合わせテープが切断手段によって切断され(この切断位置がラベルの搬送方向後端部となる)、これによって所定長さの印字つきのラベルが完成する。 In the first invention of the present application, the RFID tag cartridge provided with two tape rolls is mounted, and the production is performed using a bonding tape obtained by bonding two tapes. That is, when the wireless tag cartridge is mounted on the cartridge holder, the tag tape is fed out from the tag tape roll by the conveyance by the conveying means, and the print-receiving tape is fed out from the print-receiving tape roll. The tag tape and the print-receiving tape are pressed against each other by a pressing roller provided on the cartridge side (the sub-roller on the printing label producing apparatus side also cooperates) to form a bonding tape. At this time, during the conveyance, predetermined printing is formed on the print-receiving tape by the printing unit. After that, when the bonding tape is conveyed to a predetermined conveyance direction position, the bonding tape is cut by a cutting means (this cutting position becomes the rear end in the conveyance direction of the label), whereby a label with a predetermined length printed Is completed.
 以上のようにして1つの印字つきのラベル(貼り合わせテープの後端部が切断されることによって)完成したとき、次の印字つきのラベルを作成するための貼り合わせテープが、上記切断された箇所を搬送方向先端部として、貼り合わせ前のタグテープ及び被印字テープとともに後続して停止した状態となっている。ここで、前述したように、被印字テープは、搬送時においては、被印字テープロール内に巻回された状態→被印字テープロールから繰り出された状態→押圧ローラで(タグテープと)貼り合わされて貼り合わせテープの一部へ→・・、という挙動となる。同様に、タグテープは、搬送時においては、タグテープロール内に巻回された状態→タグテープロールから繰り出された状態→押圧ローラで(被印字テープと)貼り合わされて貼り合わせテープの一部へ・・、という挙動となる。したがって、上述のように先行する1つの印字つきのラベル(印字付き無線タグラベル、又は印字ラベル)が完成し停止した状態(あるいは、さらに余剰部分で無線タグ本体のない通常ラベルを作成完了し停止した状態)では、押圧ローラの搬送方向上流側に(貼り合わされる直前の)被印字テープとタグテープとが存在し、押圧ローラの搬送方向下流側には既に貼り合わせ済みの貼り合わせテープが存在することとなる。このとき、被印字テープ及びタグテープは、互いに異なる2つのロール(被印字テープロールとタグテープロール)からそれぞれ繰り出されて搬送され、押圧ローラの位置で合流して貼り合わされる。したがって、これら2つのテープのうち、少なくとも一方のテープは、貼り合わせの押圧時に押圧ローラの外周部によって方向が変えられることとなる。 When one printed label (by cutting the rear end of the bonded tape) is completed as described above, the bonded tape for creating the next printed label is As the leading end portion in the transport direction, it is in a state where it is subsequently stopped together with the tag tape and the tape to be printed before bonding. Here, as described above, the print-receiving tape is wound in the print-receiving tape roll, is fed out from the print-receiving tape roll, and is adhered (with the tag tape) by the pressing roller during conveyance. To a part of the laminated tape. Similarly, when the tag tape is transported, it is wound in the tag tape roll, is fed out from the tag tape roll, is pasted by a pressing roller (to a print-receiving tape), and part of the pasting tape. It becomes the behavior of ... Therefore, as described above, one printed label (printed RFID tag label or printed label) has been completed and stopped (or a normal label without a RFID tag main body in the surplus part has been completed and stopped. ), The print-receiving tape and the tag tape are present upstream of the pressure roller in the conveying direction (immediately before being bonded), and the already-bonded bonding tape is present on the downstream side of the pressing roller in the conveying direction. It becomes. At this time, the print-receiving tape and the tag tape are respectively fed out from two different rolls (print-receiving tape roll and tag tape roll), conveyed, and merged and bonded at the position of the pressing roller. Therefore, the direction of at least one of the two tapes is changed by the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller when the bonding is pressed.
 ここで、タグテープには、複数の無線タグ本体がテープ長手方向に所定間隔で配置されている。各無線タグ本体は、アンテナ基材と、タグアンテナと、IC保持体(いわゆるストラップ)とを備えている。IC保持体は、IC回路部とアンテナパターンとを電気的に接続する導電性の接続ランドと、回路を保護する電気絶縁性の保持部材とから構成されており、そのためにある程度の肉厚を有する構造となっている。したがって、無線タグ本体のうち、IC保持体のある部分は、それ以外の部分(IC保持体がなくアンテナ基材やタグアンテナだけの部分)に比べて肉厚寸法が大きく、比較的大きな剛性を備えている。したがって、タグテープが上記のように押圧ローラにより方向が変えられる場合には、IC保持体が押圧ローラを通過する際、大きな剛性を備えるIC保持体を押圧ローラの外周部形状に沿って円弧状に変形させつつ、通過させることとなる。この結果、押圧ローラの通過時に上記のIC保持体の剛性によって大きな抵抗(搬送抵抗)が生じることとなる。 Here, on the tag tape, a plurality of wireless tag main bodies are arranged at predetermined intervals in the tape longitudinal direction. Each wireless tag main body includes an antenna base, a tag antenna, and an IC holder (so-called strap). The IC holder is composed of a conductive connection land that electrically connects the IC circuit portion and the antenna pattern, and an electrically insulating holding member that protects the circuit, and therefore has a certain thickness. It has a structure. Therefore, in the wireless tag main body, the part with the IC holder has a larger wall thickness than the other parts (the part with no IC holder and only the antenna base and the tag antenna), and has a relatively large rigidity. I have. Therefore, when the direction of the tag tape is changed by the pressing roller as described above, when the IC holding body passes through the pressing roller, the IC holding body having a large rigidity is formed in an arc shape along the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller. It is allowed to pass through while being deformed. As a result, a large resistance (conveyance resistance) occurs due to the rigidity of the IC holding body when the pressure roller passes.
 特に、上述のように先行する1つの印字つきのラベルが完成し搬送停止した状態(あるいは、さらに余剰部分で無線タグ本体のない通常ラベルを作成完了し停止した状態)において、IC保持体の途中まで上記押圧ローラの外周部形状による変形が完了した状態(すなわち、IC保持体の搬送方向先端側は押圧ローラの外周部形状に沿った円弧状に変形して当該外周部に接触済みであるものの、残りのIC保持体の搬送方向後端側は押圧ローラの外周部に接触しておらず何ら変形していない状態)となっている場合がありうる。このような場合には、その後、後続の印字つきのラベルの作成の際に搬送手段の搬送を開始するとき、上記搬送抵抗が特に大きくなるため、搬送手段の搬送力が不足し、搬送不良が発生するおそれがある。 In particular, in the state where one preceding label with printing as described above is completed and the conveyance is stopped (or in the state where the normal label without the RFID tag main body is completed and stopped in the surplus part), the IC holding body is halfway. State in which the deformation due to the outer peripheral shape of the pressing roller is completed (i.e., the tip end side of the IC holder in the transport direction is deformed into an arc shape along the outer peripheral shape of the pressing roller and has already been in contact with the outer peripheral portion. The rear end side in the transport direction of the remaining IC holder may not be in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller and is not deformed at all. In such a case, the transporting resistance of the transporting unit becomes particularly large when the transporting of the transporting unit is started when a label with subsequent printing is subsequently produced. There is a risk.
 そこで、本願第1発明においては、制御手段が搬送手段と切断手段とを連携して制御することにより、(搬送手段の搬送を停止した)切断手段の切断時に、IC保持体の搬送方向全寸法が押圧ローラの外周部に沿って円弧状に接触した状態となるようにする。これにより、先行する1つの印字つきのラベルが完成し搬送停止した状態において、IC保持体のすべてが上記押圧ローラの外周部形状により変形完了した状態(すなわち、IC保持体の搬送方向全寸法が押圧ローラの外周部形状に沿った円弧状に変形し当該外周部に接触済みの状態)となる。したがって、IC保持体において、押圧ローラの外周部に未接触でまだ変形していない部分は存在しなくなるので、上記のような搬送開始時の著しい搬送抵抗の増大を軽減することができる。この結果、搬送手段の搬送力不足による搬送不良の発生を防止することができる。 Therefore, in the first invention of the present application, the control means controls the conveying means and the cutting means in cooperation with each other so that the entire length of the IC holding body in the conveying direction at the time of cutting of the cutting means (when conveyance of the conveying means is stopped) is cut. Is brought into contact with the arcuate shape along the outer periphery of the pressing roller. As a result, in a state where one preceding label with printing is completed and the conveyance is stopped, all of the IC holder is completely deformed by the outer peripheral shape of the pressing roller (that is, the entire dimension of the IC holder in the conveyance direction is pressed). The roller is deformed into an arc shape along the outer peripheral portion of the roller and is in a state of being in contact with the outer peripheral portion. Therefore, in the IC holder, there is no portion that has not been deformed yet in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the pressure roller, so that it is possible to reduce the significant increase in conveyance resistance at the start of conveyance as described above. As a result, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of conveyance failure due to insufficient conveyance force of the conveyance means.
 第2発明は、上記第1発明において、カートリッジホルダは、前記タグテープが前記タグテープロールとして巻回されている状態での前記IC保持体の円弧状反り方向と、前記タグテープが前記押圧ローラの外周部に接触している状態での前記IC保持体の円弧状反り方向とが、逆方向となるように構成されている前記無線タグカートリッジを着脱可能であることを特徴とする。 According to a second aspect of the present invention, in the first aspect of the present invention, the cartridge holder includes an arc-shaped warping direction of the IC holder in a state where the tag tape is wound as the tag tape roll, and the tag tape is the pressing roller. The RFID tag cartridge configured to be opposite to the arcuate warping direction of the IC holder in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the IC holder is detachable.
 IC保持体が、タグテープロール内において一方側に円弧状に反っている状態から、押圧ローラの外周部で上記の逆の他方側に円弧状に反るように変形される場合には、反りを逆方向に矯正することとなるため、前述した剛性に基づく搬送抵抗が特に大きくなる。したがって、このような場合に、上記のようにIC保持体のすべてが押圧ローラ外周部に接触した状態で搬送停止するよう制御手段で制御することで、搬送不良発生の防止に特に有効である。 When the IC holder is deformed so as to be bent in an arc shape on the outer side of the pressure roller from the state of being bent in an arc shape on the one side in the tag tape roll, the warp is warped. Therefore, the conveyance resistance based on the rigidity described above becomes particularly large. Therefore, in such a case, it is particularly effective in preventing the occurrence of a conveyance failure by controlling the control unit so that the conveyance is stopped in a state where all of the IC holding members are in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller as described above.
 第3発明は、上記第2発明において、カートリッジホルダは、前記タグテープの搬送方向に沿った前記押圧ローラ中心から前記切断手段までの距離X、前記押圧ローラ外周の円周長L、前記タグテープにおいて前記切断手段による切断位置から前記IC保持体の前記搬送方向の後端部までの寸法Yとの間において、X+(L/4) > Y が成立するように構成された、前記無線タグカートリッジを着脱可能であることを特徴とする。 According to a third aspect of the present invention, in the second aspect of the invention, the cartridge holder includes a distance X from the center of the pressing roller to the cutting means along the tag tape transport direction, a circumferential length L of the outer periphery of the pressing roller, and the tag tape. The RFID tag cartridge is configured so that X + (L / 4)> Y is established between the cutting position by the cutting means and the dimension Y from the cutting position of the IC holder to the rear end in the transport direction of the IC holder It is characterized by being removable.
 例えば、被印字テープとタグテープとを押圧ローラの位置で合流させて貼り合わせテープとする際に、押圧ローラより上流側の被印字テープの搬送経路と押圧ローラより下流側の貼り合わせテープの搬送経路とをほぼ一直線上とする場合がある。このような構成では、タグテープの搬送経路は、貼り合わせテープの搬送経路に対し略直角となる(言い換えれば、タグテープを押圧ローラの位置で約90°方向転向する)場合がある。 For example, when the print-receiving tape and the tag tape are joined at the position of the pressing roller to form a bonding tape, the printing-tape transport path upstream of the pressing roller and the bonding tape downstream of the pressing roller are transported. In some cases, the route is substantially in a straight line. In such a configuration, the tag tape transport path may be substantially perpendicular to the bonding tape transport path (in other words, the tag tape is turned about 90 ° at the position of the pressing roller).
 この場合、タグテープは、押圧ローラによって接触される際、概ね、ローラ外周の円周長Lの1/4部分が接触することとなる。この状態では、タグテープのうち上記ローラ外周に巻き付き始めの位置と巻き付き終わりの位置との間の搬送方向に沿った距離はL/4にほぼ等しく、上記ローラ外周への巻き付き終わり位置から切断手段までの距離は、タグテープの搬送方向に沿った押圧ローラ中心から切断手段までの距離Xにほぼ等しい。したがって、タグテープのうち上記ローラ外周に巻き付き始めの位置から、切断手段までの搬送方向に沿った距離は、それら2つの和であるX+(L/4)となる。 In this case, when the tag tape is brought into contact with the pressing roller, the quarter portion of the circumferential length L of the outer circumference of the roller is generally brought into contact. In this state, the distance along the conveying direction between the position at the beginning of winding of the tag tape around the roller outer periphery and the position at the end of winding is substantially equal to L / 4, and the cutting means from the position at the end of winding around the roller outer periphery. Is approximately equal to the distance X from the center of the pressing roller to the cutting means along the tag tape conveyance direction. Therefore, the distance along the conveyance direction from the position where the tag tape starts to be wound around the outer periphery of the roller to the cutting means is the sum of the two, X + (L / 4).
 したがって、搬送停止したときに、IC保持体のすべての部分が押圧ローラの外周部に接触した(IC保持体が距離X部分に位置することも含む)(巻き付いた)状態を実現するためには、タグテープ上において、IC保持体の搬送方向後端部から、切断手段の切断位置までの距離Yが、上記X+(L/4)よりも小さくなること、すなわち、X+(L/4)>Yが満たされればよい。 Therefore, in order to realize a state in which all parts of the IC holder are in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the pressing roller (including the IC holder being located at the distance X portion) (wrapped) when the conveyance is stopped. On the tag tape, the distance Y from the rear end in the conveying direction of the IC holder to the cutting position of the cutting means is smaller than X + (L / 4), that is, X + (L / 4)> It is sufficient if Y is satisfied.
 本願第3発明においては、X+(L/4)>Yとなるように無線タグカートリッジが構成され、カートリッジホルダや切断手段が配置されている。これにより、搬送停止したときに、IC保持体のすべての部分が押圧ローラの外周部に接触した状態を確実に実現し、搬送不良の発生を確実に防止することができる。 In the third invention of the present application, the RFID tag cartridge is configured such that X + (L / 4)> Y, and the cartridge holder and cutting means are arranged. Thereby, when conveyance stops, the state which all the parts of IC holding body contacted the outer peripheral part of the press roller is implement | achieved reliably, and generation | occurrence | production of conveyance defect can be prevented reliably.
 第4発明は、上記第1乃至第3発明のいずれかにおいて、前記制御手段は、前記タグテープのうち前記無線タグ回路素子の配置位置に対応した第1長さ方向領域ごとに対応して、所定の印字を備えた1つの前記無線タグラベルとしての第1ラベルを作成し、前記タグテープのうち連続する2つの前記第1長さ方向領域に挟まれた1つの第2長さ方向領域ごとに対応して、前記無線タグ回路素子を備えない1つの第2ラベルを作成するように、前記搬送手段、前記印字手段、及び前記切断手段を連携して制御することを特徴とする。 According to a fourth invention, in any one of the first to third inventions, the control unit corresponds to each first length direction region corresponding to an arrangement position of the RFID circuit element in the tag tape. A first label as one RFID tag label having a predetermined print is created, and for each one second length direction region sandwiched between two continuous first length direction regions of the tag tape. Correspondingly, the conveyance means, the printing means, and the cutting means are controlled in cooperation so as to create one second label that does not include the RFID circuit element.
 上記のように、無線タグ回路素子を備えたタグテープに被印字テープを貼り合わせ、そのうち被印字テープに印字を行ってラベルを作成する場合、一般的には、無線タグ回路素子の配置位置に対応したタグテープの長さ方向領域に貼り合わされる被印字テープの領域に対し印字を形成し、印字付きの無線タグラベルとする。このとき、形成する印字としては、IC回路部に記憶される情報に対応した内容の印字(例えばテキストや図像等)を形成するのが通常であり、この結果、上記情報の内容によって印字部分の長さが変化する。これに対し、タグテープにおいては無線タグ本体(無線タグ回路素子を含む)は所定間隔(固定ピッチ)で配置されている。このため、1つの印字付き無線タグラベルにおける印字部分(タグラベル本体)の長さが、上記無線タグ本体の配置のピッチよりも短い場合には、印字部分(タグラベル本体)のテープ長さ方向両側に、2つの非印字部分(余白部分)が生じることとなる。これら2つの非印字部分(余白部分)は、無線タグ本体がなく無線タグラベルとしては使用できないことから、通常は、使用者がラベルを貼りつけるときに印字部分(タグラベル本体)と容易に分離できるような、所定の加工が施される。 As described above, when a tape to be printed is bonded to a tag tape having a RFID circuit element, and a label is created by printing on the tape to be printed, generally, the RFID tag circuit element is disposed at the position. Printing is formed on the area of the tape to be printed that is bonded to the corresponding length direction area of the tag tape, and the RFID tag label with printing is formed. At this time, as the print to be formed, a print of contents corresponding to information stored in the IC circuit unit (for example, text, graphic image, etc.) is usually formed. The length changes. On the other hand, in the tag tape, the wireless tag main body (including the wireless tag circuit element) is arranged at a predetermined interval (fixed pitch). For this reason, when the length of the printed portion (tag label main body) in one printed wireless tag label is shorter than the pitch of the arrangement of the wireless tag main body, on both sides in the tape length direction of the printed portion (tag label main body), Two non-printing portions (margin portions) are generated. Since these two non-printing parts (margins) do not have a wireless tag body and cannot be used as a wireless tag label, it is usually easy for the user to separate the printing part (tag label body) when attaching the label. A predetermined process is performed.
 この加工としては、積層構造のラベルのうち厚さ方向一部分を残して他を切断する(いわゆる半切断手段(ハーフカッタ)による半切断(ハーフカット))を行うが、印字ラベル作成装置にハーフカッタが備えられていない場合には、通常の切断手段(カッタ)による切断(フルカット)を行うことが考えられる。 As this processing, a part of the label of the laminated structure is cut while leaving a part in the thickness direction (half-cutting by a so-called half-cutting means (half-cutter)). Is not provided, it is conceivable to perform cutting (full cut) by a normal cutting means (cutter).
 しかしながら、(一方側の非印字部分/印字部分/他方側の非印字部分、の3つからなる)印字付き無線タグラベルにおいて、非印字部分と印字部分との境をフルカットすると、一方側の非印字部分(余白部分)と、印字部分(タグラベル本体)と、他方側の非印字部分(余白部分)の3つに分離される。すなわち、1枚の印字付き無線タグラベルの作成を実行するごとに、上記3つのラベルが互いに分離された状態でそれぞれ排出されることとなる。この際、上記2つの非印字部分(余白部分)の長さは、印字部分(タグラベル本体)に比べると著しく短くなる。このため、切断後の搬送・排出時において、静電気や搬送手段からの遊離等により誤って搬送経路から側方に逸脱し、近傍の各種機構(検出用機構や搬送用機構等)の動作や性能に悪影響を及ぼす可能性がある。 However, in a wireless tag label with print (consisting of three parts, non-print part on one side / print part / non-print part on the other side), if the border between the non-print part and the print part is fully cut, The print portion (margin portion), the print portion (tag label body), and the other non-print portion (margin portion) are separated. That is, each time a single RFID label with a print is executed, the three labels are discharged in a state of being separated from each other. At this time, the length of the two non-printing portions (margin portions) is significantly shorter than the printing portion (tag label body). For this reason, at the time of transport / discharge after cutting, the operation and performance of various mechanisms (detection mechanism, transport mechanism, etc.) in the vicinity deviate from the transport path by mistake due to static electricity or separation from the transport means. May be adversely affected.
 そこで本願第4発明においては、制御手段が搬送手段、印字手段、切断手段を連携して制御することで、タグテープのうち各第1長さ方向領域ごとに対応して1つの第1ラベル(無線タグ本体を含み、所定の印字を備える)を作成する一方、タグテープのうち(第1長さ方向領域以外の)各第2長さ方向領域ごとに1つの第2ラベル(無線タグ本体を含まない通常のラベル)を作成する。すなわち、上述した3つの小ラベルから構成される印字付き無線タグラベルの作成が搬送方向に沿って複数枚実行されていく(但し必ずしも一括作成とは限らない)場合に、先行するラベルの「一方側の非印字部分/印字部分/他方側の非印字部分」、次に後続するラベルの「一方側の非印字部分/印字部分/他方側の非印字部分」、さらに次に後続するラベルの「一方側の非印字部分/印字部分/他方側の非印字部分」・・・、と連続していくとき、先行するラベルの他方側の非印字部分と後続するラベルの一方側の非印字部分とを合体させて1つの第2ラベルとする(印字部分については上述と同様それぞれ1つの第1ラベルとする)。これにより、上記の例の、先行するラベル「一方側の非印字部分/印字部分/他方側の非印字部分」、次に後続するラベル「一方側の非印字部分/印字部分/他方側の非印字部分」、さらに次に後続するラベル「一方側の非印字部分/印字部分/他方側の非印字部分」は、先行する「第1ラベル(印字あり)/第2ラベル(印字なし)」、次に後続する「第1ラベル(印字あり)/第2ラベル(印字なし)」、さらに次に後続する「第1ラベル(印字あり)/第2ラベル(印字なし)」、のように置き換えられる。すなわち、前述のように、1枚の印字付き無線タグラベルの作成を実行するごとに、第1ラベルと第2ラベルとの2つが互いに分離された状態でそれぞれ排出されることとなる。第2ラベルは、上述したように、前述の一方側の非印字部分(余白部分)と他方側の非印字部分(余白部分)とが合体したものに相当するため、その長さは、印字部分(タグラベル本体)に比べるとそれほどは短くならない。この結果、前述のように、切断後の搬送・排出時において搬送経路から側方に逸脱し悪影響を及ぼすのを防止することができる。したがって、印字ラベル作成装置の動作信頼性を向上し、信頼性の高いラベル作成を行うことができる。また、前述したように、第2ラベル作成後の搬送停止状態から第1ラベル作成のため搬送開始したときの、著しい搬送抵抗の増大を軽減することができ、搬送手段の搬送力不足による搬送不良の発生を防止することができる。 Accordingly, in the fourth invention of the present application, the control means controls the conveyance means, the printing means, and the cutting means in cooperation, so that one first label (corresponding to each first length direction region of the tag tape) While including a wireless tag main body and having a predetermined print), one second label (for the wireless tag main body) is provided for each second length direction area (other than the first length direction area) of the tag tape. Normal labels that do not contain). In other words, when a plurality of printed RFID label labels composed of the three small labels described above are executed along the transport direction (however, it is not always a batch creation), “one side of the preceding label Non-printing part / printing part / non-printing part on the other side ”,“ non-printing part on one side / printing part / non-printing part on the other side ”of the subsequent label, and“ one side of the subsequent label ” Non-printing part on the side / printing part / non-printing part on the other side ”..., When the non-printing part on the other side of the preceding label and the non-printing part on one side of the following label Combined to form one second label (the printed portion is set to one first label as described above). Thus, in the above example, the preceding label “one non-printing part / printing part / non-printing part on the other side” and the subsequent label “non-printing part on one side / printing part / non-printing on the other side” “Printed portion”, and the subsequent label “non-printed portion on one side / printed portion / non-printed portion on the other side” are preceded by “first label (printed) / second label (not printed)”, Subsequent “first label (with printing) / second label (without printing)” and subsequent “first label (with printing) / second label (without printing)” are replaced. . That is, as described above, every time a single RFID label with print is executed, the first label and the second label are discharged in a state of being separated from each other. As described above, the second label corresponds to a combination of the aforementioned non-printing portion (margin portion) on one side and the non-printing portion (margin portion) on the other side. Compared to (tag label body), it is not so short. As a result, as described above, it is possible to prevent an adverse effect by deviating from the conveyance path to the side during conveyance / discharge after cutting. Therefore, it is possible to improve the operation reliability of the print label producing apparatus and perform highly reliable label production. In addition, as described above, when the conveyance is started for the first label production from the conveyance stop state after the second label production, the significant increase in conveyance resistance can be reduced, and the conveyance failure due to the insufficient conveyance force of the conveyance means. Can be prevented.
 第5発明は、上記第4発明において、前記制御手段は、作成された前記第1ラベル及び前記第2ラベルが交互に排出されるように、前記搬送手段、前記印字手段、及び前記切断手段を連携して制御することを特徴とする。 According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, in the fourth aspect of the invention, the control unit includes the conveying unit, the printing unit, and the cutting unit so that the created first label and second label are alternately discharged. It is characterized by controlling in cooperation.
 本願第5発明においては、無線タグラベル作成の際、搬送方向に沿って、第1ラベル(印字あり)/第2ラベル(印字なし)/第1ラベル(印字あり)/第2ラベル(印字なし)・・のように交互に排出する。第1ラベルと交互に排出される第2ラベルの長さは、前述のように第1ラベルに比べそれほどは短くならない。この結果、切断後の搬送・排出時において搬送経路から側方に逸脱し悪影響を及ぼすのを防止することができる。 In the fifth invention of the present application, the first label (with printing) / second label (without printing) / first label (with printing) / second label (without printing) along the carrying direction when the RFID label is produced・ Alternate discharge as in The length of the second label discharged alternately with the first label is not so short as compared with the first label as described above. As a result, it is possible to prevent an adverse effect by deviating from the conveyance path to the side during conveyance / discharge after cutting.
 本発明によれば、ラベル作成時における、搬送力不足による搬送不良の発生を確実に防止することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to reliably prevent the occurrence of conveyance failure due to insufficient conveyance force during label production.
本発明の第1の実施形態によるタグラベル作成装置を備えた無線タグ生成システムを示すシステム構成図である。1 is a system configuration diagram showing a wireless tag generation system provided with a tag label producing apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention. タグラベル作成装置の全体構造を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the whole structure of a tag label production apparatus. タグラベル作成装置に装着されたカートリッジの要部の構成を概念的に示す概念的構成図である。It is a conceptual block diagram which shows notionally the structure of the principal part of the cartridge with which the tag label production apparatus was mounted | worn. タグテープにおける無線タグ本体の配置と構成の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of arrangement | positioning and a structure of the wireless tag main body in a tag tape. 図4に示した無線タグ本体のIC回路部の周囲における断面図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view around the IC circuit portion of the wireless tag body shown in FIG. 4. 無線タグ回路素子の機能的構成を示す機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram which shows the functional structure of a wireless tag circuit element. タグラベル作成装置の制御系を示す機能ブロック図である。It is a functional block diagram which shows the control system of a tag label production apparatus. タグラベル作成装置による無線タグ回路素子のIC回路部の無線タグ情報へのアクセス(読み取り又は書き込み)に際して、端末又は汎用コンピュータに表示される画面の一例を表す図である。It is a figure showing an example of the screen displayed on a terminal or a general purpose computer at the time of access (reading or writing) to the RFID tag information of the IC circuit part of the RFID circuit element by the tag label producing device. 印字済みタグラベル用テープの切断が完了し形成された無線タグラベルと付属ラベルの外観の一例を示す上面図と下面図である。It is the upper side figure and bottom view which show an example of the external appearance of the RFID tag label and accessory label which were formed after the cutting | disconnection of the tag label tape after printing was completed. 図9中X-X′断面による断面図である。FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX ′ in FIG. 9. 切断しない状態の印字済みタグラベル用テープ(又は印字済みラベル用テープ)における各寸法設定を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows each dimension setting in the tape for tag labels printed (or the label tape for printed labels) of the state which is not cut | disconnected. 連続的に繰り出される印字済みタグラベル用テープの識別子、無線タグ回路素子、ラベル印字の印字領域と、装置アンテナ、マークセンサ、切断機構、印字ヘッドとの位置関係を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the positional relationship with the identifier of the tag label tape for printing | printed_out drawn out continuously, the RFID tag circuit element, the printing area | region of label printing, an apparatus antenna, a mark sensor, a cutting mechanism, and a print head. 完成した付属ラベル及び無線タグラベル(又は印字ラベル)の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of the completed attached label and the RFID tag label (or printing label). ラベル印字が最も長く印字された場合の付属ラベル及び無線タグラベル(又は印字ラベル)の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of an attached label at the time of label printing being printed for the longest, and a wireless tag label (or printing label). 切断による無線タグラベルの完成後に、テープ送りローラによるタグテープの搬送を開始する際の搬送不良を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the conveyance defect at the time of starting conveyance of the tag tape by a tape feed roller after completion of the RFID label by cutting. 切断による無線タグラベルの完成後に、テープ送りローラによるタグテープの搬送を開始する際の搬送不良を防止する説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the conveyance failure at the time of starting conveyance of the tag tape by a tape feed roller after completion of the RFID label by cutting. 制御回路によって実行される制御手順を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the control procedure performed by the control circuit. ステップS100の詳細手順を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detailed procedure of step S100. ステップS200の詳細手順を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detailed procedure of step S200. ステップS400の詳細手順を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detailed procedure of step S400. ステップS500の詳細手順を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detailed procedure of step S500. 本発明の第2実施形態による印字装置と無線タグ通信装置とを備えた無線タグラベル生成システムを示すシステム構成図である。It is a system block diagram which shows the RFID label production | generation system provided with the printing apparatus and RFID tag communication apparatus by 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 印字装置の内部構造を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the internal structure of a printing apparatus. 印字装置の全体構造を概念的に示す概念的構成図である。1 is a conceptual configuration diagram conceptually showing an overall structure of a printing apparatus. 無線タグ通信装置の全体構造を概念的に表す概念的構成図である。It is a conceptual block diagram which represents notionally the whole structure of a wireless tag communication apparatus. 図20に示す無線タグラベル生成システムにより印字付きの無線タグラベルを生成する流れを示す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram which shows the flow which produces | generates the RFID label with a printing by the RFID label production | generation system shown in FIG.
 以下、本発明の実施の形態を図面を参照しつつ説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
 本発明の第1実施形態を図1~図21により説明する。 A first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
 (A)基本構成
 図1を用いて、第1実施形態の印字ラベル作成装置であるタグラベル作成装置1を備える無線タグラベル作成システムTSについて説明する。
(A) Basic Configuration An RFID label producing system TS including a tag label producing device 1 that is a printed label producing device according to the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
 この無線タグラベル作成システムTSにおいて、タグラベル作成装置1は、適宜の通信回線等からなる通信ネットワークNWを介して、ルートサーバRS、情報サーバIS、端末118a、及び汎用コンピュータ118bに接続されている。なお、端末118a及び汎用コンピュータ118bを総称して以下適宜、単に「PC118」と称する。 In this RFID label producing system TS, the tag label producing apparatus 1 is connected to a route server RS, an information server IS, a terminal 118a, and a general-purpose computer 118b via a communication network NW including an appropriate communication line. Note that the terminal 118a and the general-purpose computer 118b are collectively referred to as “PC 118” as appropriate hereinafter.
 図2を用いて、タグラベル作成装置1の外観構成を説明する。この図2において、タグラベル作成装置1は、カートリッジ3が装着されるカートリッジホルダ31(図3参照)を備えた装置本体2を有している。 The external structure of the tag label producing apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 2, the tag label producing apparatus 1 has an apparatus main body 2 provided with a cartridge holder 31 (see FIG. 3) on which a cartridge 3 is mounted.
 装置本体2は、上面部、下面部、前面部、背面部、左右の両側面部を備えた全体的に直方体状の筐体2sをその外郭として備えている。上面部には、上蓋4及び上蓋操作ボタン5が設けられている。前面部には、ラベル排出口7、前蓋8、電源ボタン9、及びカッタ駆動ボタン10が設けられている。 The apparatus main body 2 includes an overall rectangular parallelepiped housing 2s having an upper surface portion, a lower surface portion, a front surface portion, a back surface portion, and left and right side surface portions as its outer shell. An upper lid 4 and an upper lid operation button 5 are provided on the upper surface portion. A label discharge port 7, a front lid 8, a power button 9, and a cutter drive button 10 are provided on the front surface.
 上蓋4は、装置本体2の図2中右奥側の端部にて回動可能に支持されており、付勢部材(図示省略)により開き方向に付勢される一方で、装置本体2との間がロック可能に構成されている。また、カートリッジ3の着脱の際には、上蓋操作ボタン5が押されることで上記ロックが解除となり、上蓋4が上記付勢部材の付勢作用により開き、その状態でカートリッジ3の装着や取外しを行えるようになっている。なお、上蓋4には、透明カバーなどを嵌め込んだ透視窓6が設けられている。 The upper lid 4 is rotatably supported at the end of the apparatus main body 2 on the right back side in FIG. 2 and is urged in the opening direction by an urging member (not shown), Is configured to be lockable. In addition, when the cartridge 3 is attached or detached, the lock is released by pressing the upper lid operation button 5, and the upper lid 4 is opened by the urging action of the urging member. It can be done. The upper lid 4 is provided with a see-through window 6 fitted with a transparent cover or the like.
 ラベル排出口7は、装置本体2の内部で作成される無線タグラベルTを外部に排出するものである。前蓋8は、下端を支点にした回動で開閉可能とされており、上端部に設けられている押部8pを上方より押し込むことで前方に回動して開く。電源ボタン9は、タグラベル作成装置1の主電源のオン・オフ操作に用いられる。カッタ駆動ボタン10は、後述のカッタ15(図3参照)を操作者が手動で操作して印字済みタグラベル用テープ109を切断し、無線タグラベルTを形成するためのものである。 The label discharge port 7 is for discharging the RFID label T created inside the apparatus main body 2 to the outside. The front lid 8 can be opened and closed by pivoting with the lower end as a fulcrum, and is pivoted forward and opened by pushing a pressing portion 8p provided at the upper end from above. The power button 9 is used for turning on / off the main power of the tag label producing apparatus 1. The cutter driving button 10 is used to form the RFID label T by cutting the printed tag label tape 109 by an operator manually operating a cutter 15 (see FIG. 3) described later.
 図3を用いて、装置本体2のカートリッジホルダ31に装着されたカートリッジ3の要部の構成を説明する。 The configuration of the main part of the cartridge 3 mounted on the cartridge holder 31 of the apparatus main body 2 will be described with reference to FIG.
 この図3において、カートリッジ3は、ラベル排出口7から排出される印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の幅方向の向きが、図において紙面に略垂直方向となるように、上記カートリッジホルダ31に収納される。カートリッジ3は、筐体3Aと、この筐体3A内に配置され帯状のタグテープ101が巻回された第1ロール(本来は渦巻き状であるが簡略化して同心円で図示している)102と、上記タグテープ101と略同じ幅である透明な上記カバーフィルム103が巻回された第2ロール(本来は渦巻き状であるが簡略化して同心円で図示している)104と、インクリボン105(熱転写リボン、但し被印字テープが感熱テープの場合は不要)を繰り出すリボン供給側ロール111と、印字後のインクリボン105を巻き取るリボン巻取りローラ106と、カートリッジ3のテープ排出部の近傍に回転可能に支持されたテープ送りローラ27と、ガイドローラ112とを備えている。なお、タグラベル作成装置1には、上記カートリッジ3のテープ送りローラ27と対をなすサブローラ28が設けられている。 In FIG. 3, the cartridge 3 is housed in the cartridge holder 31 such that the direction of the width direction of the tag label tape 109 with print discharged from the label discharge port 7 is substantially perpendicular to the paper surface in the drawing. . The cartridge 3 includes a housing 3A, and a first roll 102 (which is originally spiral but simplified and shown as a concentric circle) around which a strip-shaped tag tape 101 is wound. A second roll 104 (which is originally spiral but simplified and shown as a concentric circle) around which the transparent cover film 103 having substantially the same width as the tag tape 101 is wound, and an ink ribbon 105 ( Ribbon supply side roll 111 for feeding out a thermal transfer ribbon (not required when the print-receiving tape is a heat-sensitive tape), a ribbon take-up roller 106 for taking up the ink ribbon 105 after printing, and rotating in the vicinity of the tape discharge portion of the cartridge 3 A tape feed roller 27 and a guide roller 112 supported in a possible manner are provided. The tag label producing apparatus 1 is provided with a sub-roller 28 that makes a pair with the tape feed roller 27 of the cartridge 3.
 テープ送りローラ27は、ローラ駆動軸108によって駆動されることで対向するサブローラ28と協働して、上記タグテープ101と上記カバーフィルム103とを挟圧し接着させ上記印字済みタグラベル用テープ109としつつ、矢印Aで示す方向にテープ送りを行う(=圧着ローラとして機能する)。 The tape feed roller 27 is driven by the roller drive shaft 108 to cooperate with the opposing sub-roller 28 so that the tag tape 101 and the cover film 103 are pressed and bonded to form the tag label tape 109 with print. The tape is fed in the direction indicated by arrow A (= functions as a pressure roller).
 第1ロール102は、リール部材102aの周りに、長手方向に複数の無線タグ本体90が所定の等間隔で順次形成された上記タグテープ101を巻回している。タグテープ101はこの例では7層構造となっており(図3中部分拡大図参照)、内側に巻かれる側(図3中右側)よりその反対側(図3中左側)へ向かって、適宜の粘着剤からなる粘着層101a、PET(ポリエチレンテレフタラート)等からなる色付きの第1ベースフィルム101b、適宜の粘着剤からなる粘着層101c、適宜の粘着剤からなる粘着層101d、PET(ポリエチレンテレフタラート)等からなる第2ベースフィルム101e、適宜の粘着剤からなる粘着層101f、剥離紙101gの順序で積層され構成されている。 The first roll 102 is wound around the reel member 102a with the tag tape 101 in which a plurality of wireless tag main bodies 90 are sequentially formed at predetermined equal intervals in the longitudinal direction. In this example, the tag tape 101 has a seven-layer structure (refer to a partially enlarged view in FIG. 3), and appropriately moves from the side wound inside (the right side in FIG. 3) to the opposite side (the left side in FIG. 3). Adhesive layer 101a made of an adhesive, colored first base film 101b made of PET (polyethylene terephthalate), adhesive layer 101c made of an appropriate adhesive, adhesive layer 101d made of an appropriate adhesive, PET (polyethylene terephthalate) The second base film 101e made of tartar) or the like, the adhesive layer 101f made of an appropriate adhesive, and the release paper 101g are laminated in this order.
 第1ベースフィルム101bの表側(図3中右側)には、後にカバーフィルム103を接着するための上記粘着層101aが形成され、また第1ベースフィルム101bの裏側(図3中左側)には、無線タグ本体90を内包するように上記粘着層101cが設けられており、これら3層が一体となって第1テープ101Aを構成している。また第2ベースフィルム101eの表側(図3中右側)には、無線タグ本体90を挟んで上記第1テープ101Aの粘着層101cの裏側(図3中左側)と貼り合わされる粘着層101dが形成され、また第2ベースフィルム101eの裏側(図3中左側)には粘着層101fによって上記剥離紙101gが接着されている。このうちの上記の粘着層101d、第2ベースフィルム101e、粘着層101f、及び剥離紙101gの4層が一体となって第2テープ101Bを構成している。 On the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the first base film 101b, the adhesive layer 101a for later bonding the cover film 103 is formed, and on the back side (left side in FIG. 3) of the first base film 101b, The adhesive layer 101c is provided so as to enclose the wireless tag main body 90, and these three layers are integrated to form the first tape 101A. Further, on the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the second base film 101e, an adhesive layer 101d to be bonded to the back side (left side in FIG. 3) of the adhesive layer 101c of the first tape 101A is formed with the wireless tag body 90 interposed therebetween. Further, the release paper 101g is adhered to the back side (left side in FIG. 3) of the second base film 101e by the adhesive layer 101f. Of these, the four layers of the adhesive layer 101d, the second base film 101e, the adhesive layer 101f, and the release paper 101g constitute a second tape 101B.
 無線タグ本体90は、シート状に形成された樹脂製のアンテナ基材91と、このアンテナ基材91の表側(図3中右側)に表出するよう設けられたループコイル形状のタグアンテナ62と、アンテナ基材91の表側(図3中右側)に配置され、情報を記憶するIC回路部80、及びこのIC回路部80を上記アンテナ基材91に対し保持する保持部材95を含むIC保持体92(いわゆるストラップ)とを有している。 The wireless tag main body 90 includes a resin-made antenna base 91 formed in a sheet shape, and a loop coil-shaped tag antenna 62 provided so as to be exposed on the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the antenna base 91. An IC holding body which is disposed on the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the antenna base 91 and includes an IC circuit unit 80 for storing information and a holding member 95 for holding the IC circuit unit 80 with respect to the antenna base 91 92 (so-called strap).
 保持部材95は、回路保護用に電気絶縁性の材料により構成されており、IC回路部80の表側(図3中右側)を覆うことによりIC回路部80を上記アンテナ基材91に対し保持するとともに、タグアンテナ62とIC回路部80とを接続する。なお、情報の送受信を行う上記タグアンテナ62と、情報を記憶するIC回路部80とで無線タグ回路素子Toが構成される。そして、無線タグ本体90を全体で見た場合、略直方体形状に形成されたIC回路部80がアンテナ基材91の表側(図3中右側)の表面に配置され、さらにその表側(図3中右側)を保持部材95が覆っていることから、IC保持体92はアンテナ基材91の第1テープ101A側に突出するように設けられている構成となる(無線タグ本体90とIC回路部80の詳細については後に詳述する)。 The holding member 95 is made of an electrically insulating material for circuit protection, and holds the IC circuit unit 80 against the antenna base 91 by covering the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the IC circuit unit 80. At the same time, the tag antenna 62 and the IC circuit unit 80 are connected. The tag antenna 62 that transmits and receives information and the IC circuit unit 80 that stores information constitute the RFID circuit element To. When the wireless tag main body 90 is viewed as a whole, the IC circuit portion 80 formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape is disposed on the front side (right side in FIG. 3) of the antenna base 91, and further on the front side (in FIG. 3). Since the holding member 95 covers the right side), the IC holder 92 is provided so as to protrude to the first tape 101A side of the antenna base 91 (the wireless tag main body 90 and the IC circuit portion 80). Will be described in detail later).
 上記剥離紙101gは、最終的にラベル状に完成した無線タグラベルT(後述の図9参照)が所定の商品等の物品(貼り付け対象)に貼り付けられる際に、これを剥がすことで粘着層101fにより当該商品等に接着できるようにしたものである。 The release paper 101g is peeled off when the RFID label T (see FIG. 9 described later) that is finally completed in a label is attached to an article (target to be attached) such as a predetermined product. 101f can be adhered to the product or the like.
 一方、図3に示すように、第2ロール104は、リール部材104aの周りに上記カバーフィルム103を巻回している。第2ロール104より繰り出されるカバーフィルム103は、その裏面側(すなわち上記タグテープ101と接着される側)に配置された上記リボン供給側ロール111及び上記リボン巻取りローラ106で駆動されるインクリボン105が印字ヘッド23(カートリッジホルダ31側に設けられている)に押圧されることで、インクリボン105が当該カバーフィルム103の裏面に接触させられるようになっている。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 3, the second roll 104 has the cover film 103 wound around a reel member 104a. The cover film 103 fed out from the second roll 104 is an ink ribbon driven by the ribbon supply side roll 111 and the ribbon take-up roller 106 disposed on the back side thereof (that is, the side to be bonded to the tag tape 101). The ink ribbon 105 is brought into contact with the back surface of the cover film 103 by being pressed by the print head 23 (provided on the cartridge holder 31 side).
 なお、カートリッジ3をカートリッジホルダ31に装着した際にカートリッジホルダ31側に備えられている印字ヘッド23をインクリボン105とカバーフィルム103に押圧させることができるよう、カートリッジ3の筐体3Aにはカバーフィルム103とインクリボン105の搬送経路の一部を外部に露出させるための切り欠き部3aが形成されている。 The housing 3A of the cartridge 3 has a cover so that the print head 23 provided on the cartridge holder 31 side can be pressed against the ink ribbon 105 and the cover film 103 when the cartridge 3 is mounted on the cartridge holder 31. A notch 3a for exposing a part of the conveyance path of the film 103 and the ink ribbon 105 to the outside is formed.
 また、カートリッジホルダ31側で印字ヘッド23に対向する位置には、カバーフィルム103へ押圧力を作用させテープ搬送を行うためのプラテンローラ24が設けられている。 Also, a platen roller 24 is provided at a position facing the print head 23 on the cartridge holder 31 side to apply a pressing force to the cover film 103 to carry the tape.
 さらに、タグラベル作成装置1には、カートリッジ3の排出口に隣接してカッタ15が配設されている。この例ではカッタ15は、固定刃と可動刃(後述の図5参照)とを備えた所謂はさみ方式の切断機で、図示しないソレノイド(図示せず)に接続されている。このソレノイドがソレノイド駆動回路(図示せず)によって励磁されることで、可動刃が作動し、印字済みのタグテープ109を所定の長さに切断し、無線タグラベルTを形成する。 Further, the tag label producing apparatus 1 is provided with a cutter 15 adjacent to the discharge port of the cartridge 3. In this example, the cutter 15 is a so-called scissor type cutting machine having a fixed blade and a movable blade (see FIG. 5 described later), and is connected to a solenoid (not shown). When this solenoid is excited by a solenoid drive circuit (not shown), the movable blade is actuated to cut the printed tag tape 109 into a predetermined length and form the RFID label T.
 さらに、タグラベル作成装置1には、カッタ15のテープ搬送方向下流側に、マークセンサ127(詳細は後述)と、装置アンテナ52とが設けられている。装置アンテナ52は、タグテープ101に配置されている無線タグ回路素子Toに対する情報の読取り又は書込みのための通信を行う。 Further, the tag label producing device 1 is provided with a mark sensor 127 (details will be described later) and a device antenna 52 on the downstream side of the cutter 15 in the tape transport direction. The device antenna 52 performs communication for reading or writing information with respect to the RFID circuit element To disposed on the tag tape 101.
 なお、タグラベル作成装置1には、上記装置アンテナ52よりさらにテープ搬送方向下流側で、ラベル排出部より手前側に駆動ローラ51及び押圧ローラ53を有している。 The tag label producing apparatus 1 has a driving roller 51 and a pressing roller 53 on the downstream side in the tape conveying direction further from the apparatus antenna 52 and on the near side of the label discharge unit.
 図4(a)~図4(c)及び図5(a)~図5(b)を用いて、上記タグテープ101における無線タグ本体90の配置と構成の一例を説明する。 An example of the arrangement and configuration of the wireless tag main body 90 in the tag tape 101 will be described with reference to FIGS. 4 (a) to 4 (c) and FIGS. 5 (a) to 5 (b).
 これら図4(a)~図4(c)、図5(a)~図5(b)、及び前述の図3において、タグテープ101は、その長手方向に、所定の間隔を空けて複数の無線タグ本体90を配置している。無線タグ本体90は、テープ厚み方向において第1テープ101Aと第2テープ101Bの間に挟まれている。無線タグ本体90は、前述のようにアンテナ基材91と、タグアンテナ62と、IC回路部80及び保持部材95を含むIC保持体92とを備えている。この例では、適宜な合成樹脂材のシートで略矩形形状に形成されたアンテナ基材91の表側(図5中の上側)に、同じく全体が略矩形形状に形成されたタグアンテナ62のアンテナパターン62Aが配置され、IC保持体92はアンテナ基材91に対して第1テープ101A側に突出するように設けられている。また図示する例では、図4(a)及び図4(b)に示すように、IC保持体92は、略矩形形状のタグアンテナ62の一方の角部に配置されている。 4 (a) to 4 (c), 5 (a) to 5 (b), and FIG. 3 described above, the tag tape 101 includes a plurality of tape tapes at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction. A wireless tag main body 90 is arranged. The wireless tag main body 90 is sandwiched between the first tape 101A and the second tape 101B in the tape thickness direction. As described above, the wireless tag main body 90 includes the antenna base 91, the tag antenna 62, and the IC holder 92 including the IC circuit unit 80 and the holding member 95. In this example, the antenna pattern of the tag antenna 62 which is also formed in a substantially rectangular shape on the front side (upper side in FIG. 5) of the antenna base 91 formed in a substantially rectangular shape with a sheet of an appropriate synthetic resin material. 62A is disposed, and the IC holder 92 is provided so as to protrude toward the first tape 101A with respect to the antenna base 91. In the illustrated example, as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, the IC holder 92 is arranged at one corner of the substantially rectangular tag antenna 62.
 上記IC保持体92は、アンテナパターン62Aのループコイル形状の径方向外側の端部に接続された第1接続用ランド93と、他方の径方向内側の端部に接続された第2接続用ランド94とを備えている。これら第1接続用ランド93と第2接続用ランド94はそれぞれ略L字型形状に形成された薄板状の導通部材であり、それぞれの短辺部分がアンテナパターン62Aの端部及びアンテナ基材91とともに表裏両面からかしめられ、圧着部96,97にてそれぞれ圧着固定されている。そしてそれぞれの長辺部分が互いにわずかな距離で離間して平行に配置されており、IC回路部80はこれら2つの接続用ランド93,94の長辺部分のアンテナ基材91側において、各長辺部分に跨る配置で重なるように設けられている。そして各接続用ランド93,94は、それぞれの短辺部分が上記圧着部96,97でアンテナパターン62Aの端部と接続され、またそれぞれの長辺部分が上記の重なり部分でIC回路部80と接続されている。これにより、IC回路部80は、各接続用ランド93,94を介してタグアンテナ62のアンテナパターン62Aの両端部に電気的に接続され、導通されている。 The IC holding body 92 includes a first connection land 93 connected to the radially outer end of the loop coil shape of the antenna pattern 62A and a second connection land connected to the other radially inner end. 94. Each of the first connection land 93 and the second connection land 94 is a thin plate-like conducting member formed in a substantially L shape, and each short side portion is an end of the antenna pattern 62A and the antenna base 91. At the same time, it is caulked from both the front and back surfaces and fixed by crimping at crimping portions 96 and 97, respectively. The long side portions of the two connection lands 93 and 94 are arranged on the antenna base 91 side of the long side portions of the two connection lands 93 and 94 in parallel. It is provided so as to overlap in an arrangement straddling the side portion. Each of the connection lands 93 and 94 has a short side portion connected to the end portion of the antenna pattern 62A by the crimping portions 96 and 97, and each long side portion has the above overlapping portion and the IC circuit portion 80. It is connected. As a result, the IC circuit unit 80 is electrically connected to both ends of the antenna pattern 62A of the tag antenna 62 through the connection lands 93 and 94 and is conductive.
 また、タグアンテナ62のアンテナパターン62Aは、無線タグラベルTの平面視(表面又は裏面に正対する視野)においてIC回路部80の近傍でIC回路部80を迂回するように曲折して配置された曲折部62Abを備えている。そしてIC回路部80を含めた2つの接続用ランド93,94の配置領域に対してその表面を薄い樹脂製の保持部材95が覆っている。IC回路部80は、この保持部材95と各接続用ランド93,94によってアンテナ基材91の表面に保持されており、つまりこれら保持部材95、IC回路部80、及び2つの接続用ランド93,94が上記IC保持体92を構成している。 In addition, the antenna pattern 62A of the tag antenna 62 is bent and arranged so as to bypass the IC circuit unit 80 in the vicinity of the IC circuit unit 80 in a plan view of the RFID label T (a field of view facing the front surface or the back surface). A portion 62Ab is provided. The surface of the two connection lands 93 and 94 including the IC circuit portion 80 is covered with a thin resin holding member 95. The IC circuit unit 80 is held on the surface of the antenna base 91 by the holding member 95 and the connection lands 93, 94. That is, the holding member 95, the IC circuit unit 80, and the two connection lands 93, 94 constitutes the IC holder 92.
 図6を用いて、無線タグ回路素子Toの機能的構成を説明する。図6において、無線タグ回路素子Toは、上述したようにタグラベル作成装置1の装置アンテナ52と無線通信もしくは電磁誘導により非接触で信号の送受信を行う上記タグアンテナ62と、このタグアンテナ62に接続された上記IC回路部80とを有している。 The functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 6, the RFID circuit element To is connected to the tag antenna 62 that transmits and receives signals without contact with the device antenna 52 of the tag label producing device 1 by wireless communication or electromagnetic induction as described above. IC circuit unit 80.
 IC回路部80は、タグアンテナ62により受信された質問波を整流する整流部81と、この整流部81により整流された質問波のエネルギを蓄積し駆動電源とするための電源部82と、上記タグアンテナ62により受信された質問波からクロック信号を抽出して制御部83に供給するクロック抽出部84と、所定の情報信号を記憶し得るメモリ部86と、上記タグアンテナ62に接続された変復調部85と、上記メモリ部86、クロック抽出部84、及び変復調部85等を介し上記無線タグ回路素子Toの作動を制御するための上記制御部83とを備えている。 The IC circuit unit 80 includes a rectification unit 81 that rectifies the interrogation wave received by the tag antenna 62, a power supply unit 82 that accumulates the energy of the interrogation wave rectified by the rectification unit 81 and uses it as a drive power source, and A clock extraction unit 84 that extracts a clock signal from the interrogation wave received by the tag antenna 62 and supplies the clock signal to the control unit 83; a memory unit 86 that can store a predetermined information signal; and modulation / demodulation connected to the tag antenna 62 And a control unit 83 for controlling the operation of the RFID circuit element To via the memory unit 86, the clock extraction unit 84, the modulation / demodulation unit 85, and the like.
 変復調部85は、タグアンテナ62により受信された上記タグラベル作成装置1の装置アンテナ52からの質問波の復調を行い、また、上記制御部83からの返信信号を変調し、タグアンテナ62より応答波(タグIDを含む信号)として送信する。 The modem unit 85 demodulates the interrogation wave received from the tag antenna 62 of the tag label producing apparatus 1 received by the tag antenna 62, modulates the return signal from the control unit 83, and responds from the tag antenna 62. (Signal including tag ID) is transmitted.
 クロック抽出部84は受信した信号からクロック成分を抽出し、当該クロック成分の周波数に対応したクロックを制御部83に供給する。 The clock extraction unit 84 extracts a clock component from the received signal and supplies a clock corresponding to the frequency of the clock component to the control unit 83.
 制御部83は、上記変復調部85により復調された受信信号を解釈し、上記メモリ部86において記憶された情報信号に基づいて返信信号を生成し、この返信信号を上記変復調部85により上記タグアンテナ62から返信する制御等の基本的な制御を実行する。 The control unit 83 interprets the received signal demodulated by the modem unit 85, generates a reply signal based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 86, and sends the reply signal to the tag antenna by the modem unit 85. Basic control such as control returned from 62 is executed.
 図7を用いて、タグラベル作成装置1における制御系の機能的な構成を説明する。 The functional configuration of the control system in the tag label producing apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG.
 図7において、このタグラベル作成装置1の制御基板(図示せず)上に、制御回路110が配置されている。 In FIG. 7, a control circuit 110 is arranged on a control board (not shown) of the tag label producing apparatus 1.
 制御回路110には、内部にタイマ111Aを備え各機器を制御するCPU111と、このCPU111にデータバス112を介して接続された入出力インターフェース113と、CGROM114と、ROM115,116と、RAM117とが設けられている。 The control circuit 110 includes a CPU 111 having an internal timer 111A for controlling each device, an input / output interface 113 connected to the CPU 111 via a data bus 112, a CGROM 114, ROMs 115 and 116, and a RAM 117. It has been.
 ROM116には、上記PC118からの操作入力信号に対応させて、印字バッファのデータを読み出して上記印字ヘッド23、搬送用モータ119、テープ排出モータ65を駆動する印字駆動制御プログラム、印字終了した場合に印字済みタグラベル用テープ109を切断位置まで搬送用モータ119を駆動して搬送し、カッタモータ43を駆動してカッタ15の上記可動刃41により印字済みタグラベル用テープ109を切断する切断駆動制御プログラム、切断された印字済みタグラベル用テープ109(=無線タグラベルT)をテープ排出モータ65を駆動してラベル排出口7から強制的に排出するテープ排出プログラム、無線タグ回路素子Toに対する問いかけ信号や書き込み信号などのアクセス情報を生成して送信回路306に出力する送信プログラム、受信回路307から入力された応答信号などを処理する受信プログラム、その他タグラベル作成装置1の制御上必要な各種のプログラムが格納されている。CPU111は、このようなROM116に記憶されている各種プログラムに基づいて各種の演算を行う。 The ROM 116 reads a print buffer data in response to an operation input signal from the PC 118, and prints a print drive control program for driving the print head 23, the transport motor 119, and the tape discharge motor 65. A cutting drive control program for driving the printed tag label tape 109 to the cutting position by driving the conveying motor 119 and driving the cutter motor 43 to cut the printed tag label tape 109 by the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15; A tape discharge program for forcibly discharging the cut tag label tape 109 (= RF tag label T) from the label discharge port 7 by driving the tape discharge motor 65, an inquiry signal to the RFID circuit element To, a write signal, etc. Access information to the transmission circuit 306 Force transmitting program reception program for processing an input response signal from the receiving circuit 307, and other tag-label producing device 1 various programs required for control are stored. The CPU 111 performs various calculations based on various programs stored in the ROM 116.
 RAM117には、テキストメモリ117A、印字バッファ117B、パラメータ記憶エリア117E等が設けられている。テキストメモリ117Aには、PC118から入力された文書データが格納される。印字バッファ117Bには、複数の文字や記号等の印字用ドットパターンや各ドットの形成エネルギ量である印加パルス数等がドットパターンデータとして格納され、印字ヘッド23はこの印字バッファ117Bに記憶されているドットパターンデータに従ってドット印字を行う。パラメータ記憶エリア117Eには、各種演算データや、情報読み取り(取得)が行われた無線タグ回路素子Toのタグ識別情報(タグID)等が記憶される。 The RAM 117 is provided with a text memory 117A, a print buffer 117B, a parameter storage area 117E, and the like. The text memory 117A stores document data input from the PC 118. In the print buffer 117B, a dot pattern for printing such as a plurality of characters and symbols, the number of applied pulses that is the amount of energy for forming each dot, and the like are stored as dot pattern data. The print head 23 is stored in the print buffer 117B. Dot printing is performed according to the existing dot pattern data. The parameter storage area 117E stores various calculation data, tag identification information (tag ID) of the RFID circuit element To from which information is read (acquired), and the like.
 入出力インターフェース113には、PC118と、印字ヘッド23を駆動するための上記印刷駆動回路120と、上記ローラ駆動軸108を駆動する搬送用モータ119を駆動するための搬送用モータ駆動回路121と、カッタモータ43を駆動するためのカッタモータ駆動回路122と、テープ排出モータ65を駆動するためのテープ排出モータ駆動回路123と、上記装置アンテナ52を介して無線タグ回路素子Toにアクセスする(読取り/書込みを行う)ために、搬送波を発生させるとともに入力される制御信号に基づいて上記搬送波を変調した質問波(送信信号)を出力する上記送信回路306と、無線タグ回路素子Toから上記装置アンテナ52を介して受信された応答信号の復調を行い出力する上記受信回路307と、識別子PMを検出する上記マークセンサ127とが接続されている。 The input / output interface 113 includes a PC 118, the print drive circuit 120 for driving the print head 23, a transport motor drive circuit 121 for driving the transport motor 119 for driving the roller drive shaft 108, The RFID circuit element To is accessed via the cutter antenna drive circuit 122 for driving the cutter motor 43, the tape discharge motor drive circuit 123 for driving the tape discharge motor 65, and the device antenna 52 (read / read). The transmitter circuit 306 that generates a carrier wave and outputs an interrogation wave (transmission signal) obtained by modulating the carrier wave based on an input control signal, and the device antenna 52 from the RFID circuit element To. The receiving circuit 307 for demodulating and outputting the response signal received via the And the mark sensor 127 for detecting a child PM is connected.
 このような制御回路110を核とする制御系において、PC118を介して文字データ等が入力された場合、そのテキスト(文書データ)がテキストメモリ117Aに順次記憶されるとともに、印字ヘッド23が駆動回路120を介して駆動され、各発熱素子が1ライン分の印字ドットに対応して選択的に発熱駆動されて印字バッファ117Bに記憶されたドットパターンデータの印字を行い、これと同期して搬送用モータ119が駆動回路121を介してテープの搬送制御を行う。また、送信回路306が制御回路110からの制御信号に基づき搬送波の変調制御を行って上記質問波を出力するとともに、受信回路307は制御回路110からの制御信号に基づき復調した信号の処理を行う。 In such a control system having the control circuit 110 as the core, when character data or the like is input via the PC 118, the text (document data) is sequentially stored in the text memory 117A, and the print head 23 is driven by the drive circuit. 120, each of the heat generating elements is selectively driven to generate heat corresponding to the print dots for one line, and the dot pattern data stored in the print buffer 117B is printed, and in synchronization with this, for carrying The motor 119 performs tape transport control via the drive circuit 121. The transmission circuit 306 performs carrier wave modulation control based on the control signal from the control circuit 110 and outputs the interrogation wave, and the reception circuit 307 processes the demodulated signal based on the control signal from the control circuit 110. .
 図8を用いて、上記無線タグラベルTの作成時の端末118aの表示画面における表示の例を説明する。この例では、無線タグラベルTの種別(アクセス周波数やタグラベル寸法)、印字ヘッド23で印字される印字文字、無線タグラベルTにおける無線タグ回路素子Toの固有の識別情報であるアクセスID、図1の情報サーバISに格納されている物品情報のアドレス、及び図1のルートサーバRSにおけるそれらの対応情報の格納先アドレスなどが含まれている。 An example of display on the display screen of the terminal 118a when the RFID label T is created will be described with reference to FIG. In this example, the type (access frequency and tag label size) of the RFID label T, the print characters printed by the print head 23, the access ID that is identification information unique to the RFID circuit element To in the RFID label T, and the information shown in FIG. The address of the article information stored in the server IS and the storage destination address of the corresponding information in the route server RS of FIG. 1 are included.
 (A)無線タグラベルと付属ラベルとの交互生成
 上記構成のタグラベル作成装置1では、前述したように、貼り合わされて生成された印字済みタグラベル用テープ109に対し装置アンテナ52により無線タグ回路素子Toに情報読み取り又は書き込みが行われた後、カッタ15によって印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が切断されることで、無線タグラベルTを生成する。この際、本実施形態の1つの特徴として、無線タグ回路素子Toを備えた第1ラベルとしての上記無線タグラベルTと、無線タグ回路素子Toを備えない第2ラベルとしての付属ラベルTi(詳細は後述)とが、上記タグラベル作成装置1による一度の作成動作により1組の対となって作成されるようになっている。
(A) Alternating generation of RFID label and attached label In the tag label producing apparatus 1 having the above configuration, as described above, the RFID tag circuit element To is attached to the tag circuit tape To by the device antenna 52 with respect to the tag label tape 109 that has been pasted and produced. After the information is read or written, the tag label tape 109 with print is cut by the cutter 15 to generate the RFID label T. At this time, as one feature of the present embodiment, the RFID label T as the first label including the RFID circuit element To and the attached label Ti as the second label not including the RFID circuit element To (for details, see FIG. Are created as a pair by one creation operation by the tag label producing apparatus 1.
 図9(a)及び図9(b)を用いて、上記タグラベル作成装置1により無線タグ回路素子Toに対する情報書き込み(又は読み取り)と印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の切断とが完了し、形成された上記無線タグラベルTと、それと対になり作成された上記付属ラベルTiとの外観の一例を説明する。なお、図9(a)及び図9(b)中における左側に向かう方向が、上記タグラベル作成装置1内の搬送方向に対応する(後述の図11、図12、図13、図14においても同様)。 9 (a) and 9 (b), the tag label producing device 1 completes the writing (or reading) of information with respect to the RFID circuit element To and the cutting of the printed tag label tape 109. An example of the external appearance of the RFID label T and the attached label Ti created as a pair with the RFID label T will be described. Note that the direction toward the left side in FIGS. 9A and 9B corresponds to the transport direction in the tag label producing apparatus 1 (the same applies to FIGS. 11, 12, 13, and 14 described later). ).
 これら図9(a)、図9(b)、図10において、前述したように、無線タグラベルT及び付属ラベルTiは、上記タグラベル作成装置1による一度の作成動作により1組の対となって作成される(なお、同様の構成である印字ラベルSについては後述の第2実施形態を参照)。この際には、搬送方向に沿って、付属ラベルTiの次に無線タグラベルTとなるような順で作成される。無線タグラベルT及び付属ラベルTiは、それぞれ前述したように図3に示した7層構造にカバーフィルム103が加わった8層構造(無線タグラベルTは無線タグ本体90を含めると9層構造)となっており、カバーフィルム103側(図10中上側)よりその反対側(図10中下側)へ向かって、カバーフィルム103、第1テープ101Aの貼り合せ用粘着層101a、ベースフィルム101b、粘着層101c、第2テープ101Bの粘着層101d、ベースフィルム101e、貼り付け用粘着層101f、剥離紙101gで8層を構成している。 9 (a), 9 (b), and 10, as described above, the RFID label T and the attached label Ti are created as a pair by one creation operation by the tag label creation device 1 described above. (For the print label S having the same configuration, see the second embodiment described later). At this time, the RFID labels are produced in the order of the RFID labels T next to the attached labels Ti along the transport direction. As described above, the RFID label T and the attached label Ti have an eight-layer structure in which the cover film 103 is added to the seven-layer structure shown in FIG. 3 (the RFID tag label T includes the RFID tag main body 90 and has a nine-layer structure). From the cover film 103 side (upper side in FIG. 10) to the opposite side (lower side in FIG. 10), the cover film 103, the adhesive layer 101a for bonding the first tape 101A, the base film 101b, and the adhesive layer 101c, the adhesive layer 101d of the second tape 101B, the base film 101e, the sticking adhesive layer 101f, and the release paper 101g constitute eight layers.
 そして、無線タグラベルTにおいては、前述のように第1テープ101Aの粘着層101cと第2テープ101Bの粘着層101dとの間に、タグアンテナ62とIC回路部80とを有する無線タグ回路素子Toが備えられるとともに、カバーフィルム103の裏面に無線タグ回路素子Toの記憶情報等に対応したラベル印字R(この例ではアルファベットの文字列「ABCDEFGHIJKLMN」の文字)が印字(鏡像印字)されている。無線タグラベルTにおいて、このラベル印字Rが印刷されている無線タグラベルTの長手方向全体(搬送方向上流側の後端etから搬送方向下流側先端ftまで)の領域が、ラベル印字領域PEとなる。 In the RFID label T, as described above, the RFID circuit element To that includes the tag antenna 62 and the IC circuit unit 80 between the adhesive layer 101c of the first tape 101A and the adhesive layer 101d of the second tape 101B. And a label print R (in this example, an alphabetic character string “ABCDEFGHIJKLMN”) corresponding to information stored in the RFID circuit element To is printed on the back surface of the cover film 103 (mirror image printing). In the RFID label T, the entire area in the longitudinal direction (from the rear end et on the upstream side in the transport direction to the front end ft on the downstream side in the transport direction) of the RFID label T on which the label print R is printed becomes the label print region PE.
 また、付属ラベルTiにおいては、テープ搬送方向上流側の後端et1からテープ搬送方向下流側の先端ft1側に向かって所定距離X1だけ離間する位置に、ピッチ基準線Lp(詳しく後述する)が設定されている。そしてこのピッチ基準線Lpを境に、テープ搬送方向上流側の領域が前余白領域PE1となり、ピッチ基準線Lpよりもテープ搬送方向下流側の領域が後余白領域PE2となっている。 Further, in the attached label Ti, a pitch reference line Lp (described later in detail) is set at a position that is separated by a predetermined distance X1 from the rear end et1 on the upstream side in the tape transport direction toward the front end ft1 on the downstream side in the tape transport direction. Has been. With the pitch reference line Lp as a boundary, the upstream region in the tape transport direction is the front margin region PE1, and the downstream region in the tape transport direction from the pitch reference line Lp is the rear blank region PE2.
 タグラベル作成装置1では、既に述べたように、1組のタグテープ101及びカバーフィルム103を用い、これらを貼り合わせた印字済みタグラベル用テープ109によって複数の無線タグラベルTを順次作成する。なお、この例では、この順次作成するときに、各付属ラベルTiの前余白領域PE1に位置するカバーフィルム103に、当該付属ラベルTiよりテープ搬送方向で後続する無線タグラベルTの作成関連情報に対応した後続情報印字R1が印字される。また、各付属ラベルTiの後余白領域PE2には、当該付属ラベルTiよりテープ搬送方向で先行して作成済みとなっている無線タグラベルT(この図9中では特に図示せず)の作成関連情報に対応した先行情報印字R2が印字される。但し、これら後続情報印R1や先行情報印字R2は省略してもよい。 As already described, the tag label producing apparatus 1 uses a set of tag tape 101 and cover film 103, and sequentially produces a plurality of RFID label T using a tag label tape 109 with prints bonded together. In this example, when this is sequentially produced, it corresponds to the production-related information of the RFID label T that follows the attached label Ti in the tape transport direction on the cover film 103 located in the front margin area PE1 of each attached label Ti. The subsequent information print R1 is printed. In addition, in the rear margin area PE2 of each attached label Ti, information related to the creation of the RFID label T (not shown in particular in FIG. 9) that has been created ahead of the attached label Ti in the tape transport direction. The preceding information print R2 corresponding to is printed. However, the subsequent information mark R1 and the preceding information print R2 may be omitted.
 一方、図9(a)において、無線タグラベルTのテープ搬送方向長さXは、ラベル印字Rの内容や態様(例えば文字数、フォント等)に応じて可変に設定される。また、前余白領域PE1のテープ長手方向における寸法(付属ラベルTiのテープ搬送方向後端et1からピッチ基準線Lpまでの距離)X1は、予め所定の値に(この例では固定的に)設定されている。また、後余白領域PE2のテープ長手方向における寸法(付属ラベルTiのテープ搬送方向前端ft1からピッチ基準線Lpまでの距離)X2は、上記無線タグラベルTのテープ搬送方向長さXの長短に応じて、短くあるいは長く変化する。なお、後余白領域PE2を全く設けず(つまりX2=0)、付属ラベルが前余白領域R1だけで構成する場合があるようにしてもよい。 On the other hand, in FIG. 9A, the tape transport direction length X of the RFID label T is variably set according to the content and mode of the label print R (for example, the number of characters, font, etc.). Further, the dimension in the tape longitudinal direction of the front margin area PE1 (the distance from the rear end et1 of the tape transport direction of the attached label Ti to the pitch reference line Lp) X1 is set in advance to a predetermined value (in this example, fixed). ing. Further, the dimension (the distance from the front end ft1 of the attached label Ti in the tape transport direction to the pitch reference line Lp) X2 of the rear margin area PE2 in the tape longitudinal direction depends on the length X of the RFID label T in the tape transport direction. , Change short or long. Note that the rear margin area PE2 may not be provided at all (that is, X2 = 0), and the attached label may be configured only by the front margin area R1.
 また、付属ラベルTiの剥離紙101gには、上記基準ピッチ線Lpよりテープ搬送方向上流側の近傍位置に前述の識別子PMが設けられている。 Further, the identifier PM is provided on the release paper 101g of the attached label Ti at a position near the upstream side in the tape transport direction from the reference pitch line Lp.
 (B)ラベル作成時の制御挙動
 上記したように、タグラベル作成装置1においては、貼り合わされて生成された印字済みタグラベル用テープ109に対し装置アンテナ52により無線タグ回路素子Toに情報読み取り又は書き込みが行われた後、カッタ15によって印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が切断されて、無線タグラベルTが生成され、併せて上記付属ラベルTiも生成される。以下、その搬送位置に応じた制御の挙動を図11~図14を用いて説明する。なお、ラベル印字Rが長いか短いかに応じて無線タグラベルTのテープ搬送方向後端側の本切断位置を可変に制御するが、本実施形態では、ラベル印字Rが比較的長い場合を例にとって説明する。
(B) Control Behavior at Label Creation As described above, in the tag label creation device 1, information is read or written to the RFID circuit element To by the device antenna 52 with respect to the tag label tape 109 with print generated by being pasted together. After this, the tag label tape 109 with print is cut by the cutter 15 to generate the RFID label T, and the attached label Ti is also generated. Hereinafter, the behavior of control according to the transport position will be described with reference to FIGS. The main cutting position of the RFID label T on the rear end side in the tape conveyance direction is variably controlled according to whether the label print R is long or short. In this embodiment, the case where the label print R is relatively long will be described as an example. To do.
 まず、図11を用いて、切断しない状態の印字済みタグラベル用テープ109において各寸法設定を説明する(なお、同様の構成である印字済みタグラベル用テープ510については後述の第2実施形態を参照)。なお、この例では、比較的長い文字(アルファベット文字「ABCDEFGHIJKLMN」)を印字した無線タグラベルTを作成する場合を例にとって示している。 First, each dimension setting will be described with reference to FIG. 11 for the tag label tape 109 with print in an uncut state (refer to the second embodiment to be described later for the tag label tape 510 with the same configuration). . In this example, the case where the RFID label T printed with a relatively long character (alphabetic character “ABCDEFGHIJKLMN”) is created is shown as an example.
 この図11において、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109には、テープ搬送方向に沿ってピッチ基準線Lp、識別子PM、及び無線タグ回路素子Toが互いに同じピッチ間隔Pで周期的に配置されている。つまり、ピッチ間隔Pで等間隔に配置されている複数のピッチ基準線Lpをそれぞれ基準として、対応する識別子PMと無線タグ回路素子Toが同じ相対的位置に配置されている。 In FIG. 11, on the tag label tape 109 with print, the pitch reference line Lp, the identifier PM, and the RFID circuit element To are periodically arranged at the same pitch interval P along the tape conveyance direction. That is, the corresponding identifier PM and the RFID circuit element To are arranged at the same relative position with reference to the plurality of pitch reference lines Lp arranged at equal intervals with the pitch interval P.
 前述したように、前余白領域PE1のテープ搬送方向長さX1は固定長に設定されており、つまりピッチ基準線Lpからテープ搬送方向上流側にX1だけ離間した位置(図8における後端et1に相当)が、付属ラベルTiとこれに後続する無線タグラベルTとの境界となり、この位置が、カッタ15により切断される前切断位置(前切断線CLf)となる。そして、前述したように、無線タグラベルTのテープ搬送方向長さXは、ラベル印字Rの内容や態様(例えば文字数、フォント等)に応じて可変に設定され、当該無線タグラベルTのテープ搬送方向上流側の後端(図9における後端etに相当)が、無線タグラベルTとこれに後続する付属ラベルTiとの境界となり、この位置が、カッタ15によって切断される本切断位置(本切断線CLr)となる。そしてこの本切断線CLrから後続の付属ラベルTiのピッチ基準線Lpまでの距離が、後余白領域PE2のテープ搬送方向長さX2となる。 As described above, the length X1 of the front margin area PE1 in the tape conveyance direction is set to a fixed length, that is, a position separated from the pitch reference line Lp by X1 upstream of the tape conveyance direction (at the rear end et1 in FIG. 8). (Corresponding) is the boundary between the attached label Ti and the RFID label T subsequent thereto, and this position is the front cutting position (the front cutting line CLf) where the cutter 15 cuts. As described above, the length X in the tape conveyance direction of the RFID label T is set variably according to the content and mode (for example, the number of characters, font, etc.) of the label print R, and upstream of the RFID label T in the tape conveyance direction. The rear end (corresponding to the rear end et in FIG. 9) becomes a boundary between the RFID label T and the attached label Ti that follows, and this position is a main cutting position (main cutting line CLr) cut by the cutter 15. ) The distance from the main cutting line CLr to the pitch reference line Lp of the subsequent attached label Ti is the tape transport direction length X2 of the rear margin area PE2.
 上述したように隣り合う2本のピッチ基準線Lpどうしの間のピッチ間隔Pは一定であるため、X1+X+X2=Pの関係が成り立つ。そして、付属ラベルTiの長さは、先行して作成済みの無線タグラベルT(図11中に図示せず)に対応する後余白領域PE2の長さX2と、その後続の無線タグラベルTに対応する前余白領域PE1の長さX1とを合わせた長さ(図中左側に位置するX2+X1)となる。 As described above, since the pitch interval P between two adjacent pitch reference lines Lp is constant, the relationship X1 + X + X2 = P is established. Then, the length of the attached label Ti corresponds to the length X2 of the rear blank area PE2 corresponding to the RFID label T (not shown in FIG. 11) that has been created in advance, and the subsequent RFID label T. This is the total length (X2 + X1 located on the left side in the figure) with the length X1 of the front margin area PE1.
 また、本実施形態では、識別子PMのテープ搬送方向先端とこれに対しオフセットされる無線タグ本体90のテープ搬送方向先端までの距離が所定値LAとして設定され(後述の図12参照)、さらに、前切断線CLfの位置からIC保持体92のテープ搬送方向後端までの距離が所定値Yとして設定されている。無線タグラベルの長さXは、この所定値Y以上に長くなるよう設定される。 In the present embodiment, the distance between the front end of the identifier PM in the tape transport direction and the front end of the RFID tag main body 90 offset relative thereto is set as the predetermined value LA (see FIG. 12 described later). The distance from the position of the front cutting line CLf to the rear end of the IC holder 92 in the tape transport direction is set as a predetermined value Y. The length X of the RFID label is set to be longer than the predetermined value Y.
 このとき、本実施形態の特徴として、前余白領域PE1の長さX1を比較的長くするとともに、IC保持体92のテープ搬送方向後端から前切断線CLfの位置までの距離Yを短く設定し(図11に示す、前切断線CLfの位置と無線タグ本体90のテープ搬送方向先端との間の間隙gを参照。この間隙gは上記距離Yが短くなれば狭くなる)ている。これにより、切断による付属ラベルTiの完成後、次の無線タグラベルTを作成開始するときにテープ送りローラ27による搬送開始時の搬送不良を防止するようになっている(詳細は後述)。また、前余白領域PE1の長さX1を比較的長くすることにより、上記カッタ15よりテープ搬送方向下流側において、付属ラベルTi単独でも確実に駆動ローラ51と押圧ローラ53に挟持されてラベル排出経路から外れることなく確実に装置外へ排出されるようになっている(図3等参照)。 At this time, as a feature of the present embodiment, the length X1 of the front margin area PE1 is made relatively long, and the distance Y from the rear end of the IC holder 92 in the tape transport direction to the position of the front cutting line CLf is set short. (See the gap g shown in FIG. 11 between the position of the front cutting line CLf and the tip of the RFID tag main body 90 in the tape transport direction. The gap g becomes narrower as the distance Y becomes shorter). As a result, after completion of the attached label Ti by cutting, the conveyance failure at the start of conveyance by the tape feed roller 27 is prevented when the production of the next RFID label T is started (details will be described later). In addition, by making the length X1 of the front margin area PE1 relatively long, the attached label Ti alone is reliably sandwiched between the driving roller 51 and the pressing roller 53 on the downstream side in the tape transport direction from the cutter 15, and the label discharge path It is surely discharged out of the apparatus without coming off (see FIG. 3 etc.).
 図12(a)~(l)を用いて、連続的に繰り出される印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の識別子PM、無線タグ回路素子To、ラベル印字Rの印字領域Sと、装置アンテナ52、マークセンサ127、カッタ15、印字ヘッド23との位置関係を説明する。なお、図示のように、本実施形態では、タグテープ101において、識別子PMのテープ搬送方向先端位置から無線タグ本体90のテープ搬送方向先端までの上記距離LAが、マークセンサ127と印字ヘッド23との間のテープ搬送方向距離Loに等しくなるように、予め設定されている。また、図示の煩雑を避けるために、後続情報印字R1及び先行情報印字R2は点線で略記している。 12A to 12L, the identifier PM of the tag label tape 109 with print, the RFID tag circuit element To, the print area S of the label print R, the device antenna 52, and the mark sensor 127, which are continuously drawn out, are used. The positional relationship between the cutter 15 and the print head 23 will be described. As shown in the figure, in the present embodiment, in the tag tape 101, the distance LA from the front end position of the identifier PM in the tape transport direction to the front end of the wireless tag body 90 in the tape transport direction is the mark sensor 127 and the print head 23. Is set in advance so as to be equal to the tape conveyance direction distance Lo. Further, in order to avoid the complexity of the illustration, the subsequent information printing R1 and the preceding information printing R2 are abbreviated by dotted lines.
 まず、図12(a)は、カートリッジ3から印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の繰り出しが開始された直後の状態を表している。図示の状態では、後余白領域PE2に既に先行情報印字R2が印字されており、また識別子PMはマークセンサ127によって検出されていない。 First, FIG. 12A shows a state immediately after the feeding of the tag label tape 109 with print from the cartridge 3 is started. In the state shown in the figure, the preceding information print R2 has already been printed in the rear margin area PE2, and the identifier PM has not been detected by the mark sensor 127.
 この状態からさらに印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送(言い換えればタグテープ101及びカバーフィルム103の搬送。以下同様)が進むと、後続情報印字R1を印字させる領域のテープ搬送方向先端付近が印字ヘッド23の位置に到達し(図12(b))、カバーフィルム103に後続情報印字R1の印刷が開始される(図12(c))。 When the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print (in other words, transport of the tag tape 101 and the cover film 103, and so on) proceeds further from this state, the vicinity of the front end in the tape transport direction of the area for printing the subsequent information print R1 is the print head 23. Is reached (FIG. 12B), and printing of the subsequent information print R1 on the cover film 103 is started (FIG. 12C).
 後続情報印字R1の印刷が終了してさらに印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が進むと、無線タグ本体90のテープ搬送方向先端付近が印字ヘッド23の位置に到達する(図12(d))。ここで、前述のように、LA=Loとなっていることから、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の移動により識別子PMの先端がマークセンサ127の位置に到達したとき、カバーフィルム103の無線タグ本体90に対応する位置(タグテープ101の無線タグ本体90位置と貼り合わされることとなる位置)が、印字ヘッド23の位置に到達する。これに対応し、識別子PMがマークセンサ127で検出されると、カバーフィルム103にラベル印字Rの印刷が開始される(図12(e)参照)。この例では、ラベル印字Rとして、前述したように、比較的長い文字(アルファベット文字「ABCDEFGHIJKLMN」)が印字されようになっている。 When the printing of the subsequent information printing R1 is completed and the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print further proceeds, the vicinity of the front end of the wireless tag main body 90 in the tape transport direction reaches the position of the print head 23 (FIG. 12 (d)). Here, since LA = Lo as described above, when the leading end of the identifier PM reaches the position of the mark sensor 127 due to the movement of the tag label tape 109 with print, the wireless tag main body 90 of the cover film 103 is used. The position corresponding to (the position where the wireless tag main body 90 of the tag tape 101 is to be attached) reaches the position of the print head 23. Correspondingly, when the identifier PM is detected by the mark sensor 127, printing of the label print R on the cover film 103 is started (see FIG. 12E). In this example, as the label print R, as described above, relatively long characters (alphabetic characters “ABCDEFGHIJKLMN”) are printed.
 上記図12(e)の状態からさらに印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が進むと、予め設定された前切断線CLfの位置がカッタ15の位置に到達する(図12(f))。予め設定された前切断線CLfの位置(前述したように、テープ先端から距離(X2+X1)の位置でかつピッチ基準線Lpから距離X1の位置。図11参照)が、カッタ15の位置に到達する(図12(f))。この状態では前述のように既にマークセンサ127によって識別子PMを検出した後であるため、この位置に来たことの検出は、前述の図12(d)の状態(識別子PM検出開始状態)から印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が所定距離だけ進んだことを検知することによって行う。この検出に対応して、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送を停止し、カッタ15によって前切断線CLfを切断し、付属ラベルTiを分断形成する。 When the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print further proceeds from the state shown in FIG. 12 (e), the position of the preset cutting line CLf reaches the position of the cutter 15 (FIG. 12 (f)). A preset position of the front cutting line CLf (as described above, a position at a distance (X2 + X1) from the tape tip and a distance X1 from the pitch reference line Lp, see FIG. 11) reaches the position of the cutter 15. (FIG. 12 (f)). In this state, since the identifier PM has already been detected by the mark sensor 127 as described above, the detection of arrival at this position is started from the state shown in FIG. 12D (identifier PM detection start state). This is performed by detecting that the completed tag label tape 109 has advanced a predetermined distance. Corresponding to this detection, the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print is stopped, the front cutting line CLf is cut by the cutter 15, and the attached label Ti is divided and formed.
 その後、搬送を再開することで、上記図12(f)の状態からさらに印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が進むとともに、ラベル状に生成された付属ラベルTiがタグラベル作成装置1外へと排出される(図12(g);付属ラベルTiは図示せず)。 Thereafter, by restarting the transport, the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print further proceeds from the state of FIG. 12 (f), and the attached label Ti generated in the form of a label is discharged out of the tag label producing apparatus 1. (FIG. 12 (g); the attached label Ti is not shown).
 ここで、前述したように、前余白領域PE1の長さX1が比較的長く設定されているため、それ以上に長く(X1+X2)形成される付属ラベルTiも、タグラベル装置1の排出経路から外れることなく確実に駆動ローラ51と押圧ローラ52に挟持され搬送されて装置外へ排出される。 Here, as described above, since the length X1 of the front margin area PE1 is set to be relatively long, the attached label Ti formed to be longer (X1 + X2) also deviates from the discharge path of the tag label device 1. And reliably conveyed between the driving roller 51 and the pressing roller 52 and discharged outside the apparatus.
 そして、上記図12(g)の状態からさらに印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が進むと、無線タグ本体90が装置アンテナ52の位置に到達する(図12(h))。このとき、この例ではラベル印字Rとして前述のように比較的長い文字(「ABCDEFGHIJKLMN」)の印刷を行っていることから、この時点ではまだラベル印字Rの印刷が終了していない。このため、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送及び印刷を一旦停止(中断)させて、その搬送停止状態で装置アンテナ52より無線タグ本体90との無線通信を行う。その後、搬送及び印刷を再開し(図12(i))、最終的にすべての(「ABCDEFGHIJKLMN」)の印刷を完了させる(図12(j))。 Then, when the printed tag label tape 109 is further conveyed from the state shown in FIG. 12G, the wireless tag main body 90 reaches the position of the device antenna 52 (FIG. 12H). At this time, since a relatively long character (“ABCDEFGHIJKLMN”) is printed as the label print R in this example as described above, the printing of the label print R has not yet been completed at this point. Therefore, the conveyance and printing of the tag label tape 109 with print are temporarily stopped (interrupted), and wireless communication with the wireless tag main body 90 is performed from the apparatus antenna 52 in the conveyance stopped state. Thereafter, the conveyance and printing are resumed (FIG. 12 (i)), and finally all (“ABCDEFGHIJKLMN”) printing is completed (FIG. 12 (j)).
 上記図12(j)の状態からさらに印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が進むと、先行情報印字R2を印字させる領域のテープ搬送方向先端付近が印字ヘッド23の位置に到達し(図12(k)参照)、カバーフィルム103に先行情報印字R2の印刷が開始される。この位置に来たことの検出は、上記前切断線CLfの位置検出と同様、図12(d)の状態から印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が所定距離だけ進んだことを検知することによって行えば足りる。 When the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print further proceeds from the state of FIG. 12 (j), the vicinity of the front end in the tape transport direction of the area where the preceding information print R2 is printed reaches the position of the print head 23 (FIG. 12 (k)). )), Printing of the preceding information print R2 on the cover film 103 is started. It is sufficient to detect that this position has been reached by detecting that the tag label tape 109 with print has advanced a predetermined distance from the state shown in FIG. 12D, as in the case of detecting the position of the previous cutting line CLf. .
 上記図12(k)の状態からさらに印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が進むと、ラベル印字Rの長さに対応して可変に設定された各無線タグラベルTのテープ長手方向寸法Xに対応した本切断線CLrの位置が、カッタ15の位置に到達する(なおこの段階では、上記先行情報印字R2の印刷は完了している)。この位置に来たことの検出も、上記同様、図12(d)の状態から印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が所定距離だけ進んだことを検知することによって行えばよい。この検出に対応して、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送を停止し、カッタ15によって本切断線CLrにおいて切断を行い(図12(l))、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の先端側を切り離して無線タグラベルTとする。 When the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print further proceeds from the state of FIG. 12 (k), it corresponds to the tape longitudinal direction dimension X of each RFID label T set variably according to the length of the label print R. The position of the main cutting line CLr reaches the position of the cutter 15 (note that the preceding information print R2 has been printed at this stage). The detection of this position may be performed by detecting that the tag label tape 109 with print has advanced a predetermined distance from the state shown in FIG. In response to this detection, the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print is stopped, and the cutter 15 cuts at the main cutting line CLr (FIG. 12 (l)), and the leading end side of the tag label tape 109 with print is cut off. The wireless tag label T is assumed.
 図13を用いて、上記のようにして完成した付属ラベルTi及び無線タグラベルTの例を説明する。なお、本図は前述した図11の印字済みタグラベル用テープ109を分断したものにほぼ相当する(なお、同様の構成の印字ラベルSについては後述の第2実施形態参照)。図13は、事前に1枚以上の無線タグラベルTを作成し、その後に作成した2枚目以降の無線タグラベルTの例を表している。なお、中央に示している無線タグラベルTは、左側に示している付属ラベルTiと組み合わせた対となって生成される。参照として右側に示した付属ラベルTiは、その次に作成される無線タグラベルT(特に図示せず)とともに生成される。 An example of the attached label Ti and the RFID label T completed as described above will be described with reference to FIG. This figure substantially corresponds to a part of the above-described tag label tape 109 with print in FIG. 11 (refer to the second embodiment to be described later for the print label S having the same configuration). FIG. 13 shows an example of the RFID label T for the second and subsequent sheets created after one or more RFID labels T are created in advance. The RFID label T shown in the center is generated as a pair in combination with the attached label Ti shown on the left side. The attached label Ti shown on the right side as a reference is generated together with the RFID label T (not shown) to be produced next.
 このようにして、本実施形態のタグラベル作成装置1は、付属ラベルTiと無線タグラベルTが交互に生成、排出されるように制御する。そして、左側に示す付属ラベルTiのうちピッチ基準線Lpよりテープ搬送方向下流側の後余白領域PE2には、先行情報印字R2(図示する例では「0123456789」)等が印字されている(拡大図XIIIa参照)。また、同じ付属ラベルTiのうちピッチ基準線Lpより上流側の前余白領域PE1には、後続情報印字R1(図示する例では「ABCDEFGHIJKLMN」)等が印字されている(拡大図XIIIb参照)。また、その次に作成される付属ラベルTi(図中右側のもの)にも同様の先行情報印字R2及び後続情報印字R1が印字される。 In this way, the tag label producing apparatus 1 of the present embodiment controls so that the attached label Ti and the RFID label T are alternately generated and discharged. In the attached label Ti shown on the left side, the preceding information print R2 ("01234456789" in the illustrated example) is printed in the rear margin area PE2 downstream of the pitch reference line Lp in the tape transport direction (enlarged view). See XIIIa). Further, in the same attached label Ti, a subsequent information print R1 (“ABCDEFGHIJKLMN” in the illustrated example) is printed in the front margin area PE1 upstream of the pitch reference line Lp (see the enlarged view XIIIb). Further, the same preceding information print R2 and subsequent information print R1 are also printed on the attached label Ti (the one on the right side in the figure) to be created next.
 また、前述したように、ピッチ基準線Lpは固定長のピッチ間隔Pで設けられており、このピッチ間隔P内で固定長の前余白領域PE1(長さX1)と、無線タグラベルT(長さX)と、後余白領域PE2(長さX2)が収まるように配置される。そして、無線タグラベルTのテープ搬送方向長さXは、印字するラベル印字Rの内容や態様(例えば文字数、フォント数)に応じて可変に設定されるものであり、1区間のピッチ間隔Pから前余白領域PE1と無線タグラベルTの占有領域を差し引いた残りの領域が後余白領域PE2となる。 As described above, the pitch reference line Lp is provided at a fixed-length pitch interval P. Within the pitch interval P, the fixed-length front margin area PE1 (length X1) and the RFID label T (length) X) and the rear margin area PE2 (length X2) are arranged. The length X in the tape conveyance direction of the RFID label T is variably set according to the content and mode (for example, the number of characters and the number of fonts) of the label print R to be printed. The remaining area obtained by subtracting the blank area PE1 and the area occupied by the RFID label T is the rear blank area PE2.
 したがって、図14に示すように、無線タグラベルTのラベル印字Rが最も長く印字(図示する例では「ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQ」)される場合には、次に作成される付属ラベルTiには後余白領域PE2がなくなる(長さX2=0)ことになり、この場合には先行情報印字R2の印字が省略される(また長さX2=0でなくとも、先行情報印字R2の印字に足りない場合でも省略してもよい)。なお、このように付属ラベルTiが前余白領域PE1のみで構成する場合でも、当該前余白領域PE1の長さX1は、タグラベル装置1の排出経路から外れることなく確実に駆動ローラ51と押圧ローラ52に挟持搬送されて排出されるだけの十分な長さに設定されるため、確実に装置外へ排出される。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 14, when the label print R of the RFID label T is printed the longest (in the example shown, “ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQ”), the attached margin Ti to be created next has a trailing blank area PE2. In this case, printing of the preceding information print R2 is omitted (even if the length X2 = 0 is not satisfied, printing is omitted even if the preceding information printing R2 is insufficient). May be). Even when the attached label Ti is constituted only by the front margin area PE1, the length X1 of the front margin area PE1 is surely set so as not to deviate from the discharge path of the tag label apparatus 1 and the pressing roller 52. Is set to a length sufficient to be nipped and conveyed by the printer and discharged, so that it is reliably discharged out of the apparatus.
 (C)搬送不良防止のための本実施形態の要部構成
 ところで、本実施形態の要部は、上記のような基本構成及び動作により順次実行される無線タグラベルTの作成において、タグテープ101及びカバー103フィルムの搬送開始時の搬送不良を防止することにある。以下、その要部に係わる構成及び作用を図15及び図16により説明する。
(C) Main part configuration of the present embodiment for prevention of conveyance failure By the way, the main part of the present embodiment is the tag tape 101 and the tape tape 101 in the creation of the RFID label T sequentially executed by the basic configuration and operation as described above. This is to prevent a conveyance failure at the start of conveyance of the cover 103 film. Hereinafter, the configuration and operation related to the main part will be described with reference to FIGS.
 まず、上記の作用を得るにあたっての比較例として、前述した前切断線CLfの位置と無線タグ本体90のテープ搬送方向先端との間の間隙g(図11参照)を比較的大きくした場合を考える。図15(a)はそのような比較例におけるタグテープ101の概念的構造を表す説明図であり、図15(b)は、当該タグテープ101の第1ロール102からの搬送経路を概念的に表す説明図である。 First, as a comparative example for obtaining the above action, consider a case where the gap g (see FIG. 11) between the position of the aforementioned front cutting line CLf and the front end of the wireless tag main body 90 in the tape transport direction is relatively large. . FIG. 15A is an explanatory diagram showing the conceptual structure of the tag tape 101 in such a comparative example, and FIG. 15B conceptually shows the transport path of the tag tape 101 from the first roll 102. FIG.
 これら図15(a)及び図15(b)において、第1ロール102から繰り出されたタグテープ101は、テープ送りローラ27のローラ外周の一部(この例ではローラ円周長Wの約1/4部分)に接触し、テープ送りローラ27によって搬送経路を貼り合わせ後の搬送経路方向に略直角に曲げられるとともに、テープ送りローラ27とサブローラ28とによりカバーフィルム103(図示省略)が貼り合わされ、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が形成される。このように貼り合わされて印字済みタグラベル用テープ109に含まれるタグテープ101は、テープ搬送方向前方の前切断線CLfがカッタ15に到達し、その位置でテープ送りローラ27による搬送が停止されカッタ15によって切断されることで、付属ラベルTiが形成される(図12(f)参照)。 15A and 15B, the tag tape 101 fed out from the first roll 102 is a part of the roller outer periphery of the tape feed roller 27 (in this example, about 1 / of the roller circumferential length W). 4 part), the transport path is bent by the tape feed roller 27 substantially perpendicular to the direction of the transport path after bonding, and the cover film 103 (not shown) is pasted by the tape feed roller 27 and the sub-roller 28, A tag label tape 109 with print is formed. The tag tape 101 included in the tag label tape 109 that has been bonded in this manner and included in the tag label tape 109 with print reaches the cutter 15 at the front cutting line CLf in the front of the tape conveyance direction, and the conveyance by the tape feed roller 27 is stopped at that position. Is attached to form the attached label Ti (see FIG. 12F).
 このように付属ラベルTiを作成した後の搬送停止状態では、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109に含まれるタグテープ101のうち、テープ送りローラ27の外周に対する巻き付き始めの位置と巻き付き終わりの位置との間の搬送方向に沿った距離はW/4にほぼ等しい(図15(b)参照)。また、送りローラ27の外周への巻き付き終わり位置からカッタ15までの距離は、タグテープ101の搬送方向に沿った送りローラ27の中心Oからカッタ15までの距離Zにほぼ等しい。したがって、タグテープ101のうち送りローラ27の外周に巻き付き始めの位置からカッタ15までの搬送方向に沿った距離は、それら2つの和であるZ+(W/4)となる。 As described above, in the transport stop state after the attached label Ti is created, in the tag tape 101 included in the tag label tape 109 with print, between the winding start position and the winding end position with respect to the outer periphery of the tape feed roller 27. The distance along the transport direction is substantially equal to W / 4 (see FIG. 15B). Further, the distance from the winding end position on the outer periphery of the feed roller 27 to the cutter 15 is substantially equal to the distance Z from the center O of the feed roller 27 to the cutter 15 along the conveyance direction of the tag tape 101. Therefore, the distance along the conveying direction from the position at which the tag tape 101 starts to wrap around the outer periphery of the feed roller 27 to the cutter 15 is Z + (W / 4) which is the sum of the two.
 なお、この比較例の構造では、上記した、前切断線CLfの位置からIC保持体92のテープ搬送方向後端までの距離Y、タグテープ101の搬送方向に沿った送りローラ27の中心Oからカッタ15までの距離Z、及び、ローラ円周長Wの具体的な寸法例として、例えば、Y=20.28mm、Z=9mm、W=31.4mm(テープ送りローラ27の直径10mm、W/4=7.9mm)とすることができる。この場合、上記間隙g=6mmとなる。 In the structure of this comparative example, from the above-described distance Y from the position of the front cutting line CLf to the rear end of the IC holder 92 in the tape transport direction, from the center O of the feed roller 27 along the tag tape 101 transport direction. Specific examples of dimensions of the distance Z to the cutter 15 and the roller circumferential length W include, for example, Y = 20.28 mm, Z = 9 mm, W = 31.4 mm (the diameter of the tape feed roller 27 is 10 mm, W / 4 = 7.9 mm). In this case, the gap g = 6 mm.
 ところで、IC保持体92は、前述したように、IC回路部80とアンテナパターン62Aを電気的に接続する導電性の接続ランド93,94と、IC回路部80を保護するために電気絶縁性の保持部材95とから構成されている。したがって、IC保持体92はある程度の肉厚がある構造を有し、剛性が大きい。この結果、タグテープ101がテープ送りローラ27を通過する際には、その大きな剛性を備えるIC保持体92をテープ送りローラ27の外周部形状に沿って円弧状に変形させつつ、通過させることとなる(図15(b)参照)。 By the way, as described above, the IC holding body 92 is electrically insulative to protect the IC circuit unit 80 and the conductive connection lands 93 and 94 that electrically connect the IC circuit unit 80 and the antenna pattern 62A. The holding member 95 is comprised. Therefore, the IC holder 92 has a structure having a certain thickness and has high rigidity. As a result, when the tag tape 101 passes through the tape feeding roller 27, the IC holding body 92 having a large rigidity is passed along the outer peripheral portion of the tape feeding roller 27 while being deformed into an arc shape. (See FIG. 15B).
 ここで、図15(a)及び図15(b)に示す比較例では、前述したように間隙gが比較的大きく、前切断線CLfが無線タグ本体90のテープ搬送方向先端から比較的離れた位置に設けられている。この結果、上記距離Yが比較的長くなり、Z+(W/4)<Yの関係となる。このため、先行する付属ラベルTiが完成し、テープ送りローラ27による搬送が停止した状態において、IC保持体92の途中までしかテープ送りローラ27の外周部形状による変形が完了していない状態となる。すなわち図15(b)に示すように、IC保持体92のテープ搬送方向先端側部分92fはテープ送りローラ27の外周部形状に沿った円弧状に変形して当該外周部に接触済みであるものの、IC保持体92の残りのテープ搬送方向後端側部分92bはテープ送りローラ27の外周部に接触しておらず何ら変形していない状態となる。この結果、後続する付属ラベルTiの作成の際にテープ送りローラ27による搬送を開始するとき、上記搬送抵抗が特に大きくなるため、テープ送りローラ27の搬送力が不足し、搬送不良が発生するおそれがある。 Here, in the comparative example shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B, the gap g is relatively large as described above, and the front cutting line CLf is relatively separated from the front end of the wireless tag main body 90 in the tape conveyance direction. In the position. As a result, the distance Y becomes relatively long, and a relationship of Z + (W / 4) <Y is established. For this reason, in the state where the preceding attached label Ti is completed and the conveyance by the tape feed roller 27 is stopped, the deformation due to the outer peripheral portion shape of the tape feed roller 27 is completed only to the middle of the IC holding body 92. . That is, as shown in FIG. 15B, the tip end portion 92f of the IC holding body 92 in the tape transport direction is deformed into an arc shape along the outer peripheral shape of the tape feed roller 27 and has already been in contact with the outer peripheral portion. The remaining tape transport direction rear end side portion 92b of the IC holder 92 is not in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the tape feed roller 27 and is not deformed at all. As a result, when the conveyance by the tape feed roller 27 is started when the subsequent attached label Ti is produced, the conveyance resistance becomes particularly large, so that the conveyance force of the tape feed roller 27 is insufficient and a conveyance failure may occur. There is.
 これに対し、図16(a)及び図16(b)に示す本実施形態では、前述したように間隙gが比較的小さく、前切断線CLfが無線タグ本体90のテープ搬送方向前端に比較的近い位置に設けられている。前述と同様の具体例としては、例えば、Y=16.28mm、Z=9mm、W=31.4mm(テープ送りローラ27の直径10mm、W/4=7.9mm)とすることができる。この場合、Z+W/4=16.9mmとなる。この場合、上記間隙g=2mmとなる。このような構造の結果、距離Yが比較的短く、Z+(W/4)>Yの関係となる。このため、先行する付属ラベルTiが完成し、テープ送りローラ27による搬送が停止した状態において、IC保持体92のすべてがテープ送りローラ27の外周部形状により変形完了した状態となる。すなわち図16(b)に示すように、IC保持体92のテープ搬送方向全寸法がテープ送りローラ27の外周部形状に沿った円弧状に変形し、当該外周部に接触済みの状態となる。したがって、IC保持体92において、テープ送りローラ27の外周部に未接触でまだ変形していない部分は存在しなくなるので、上記のような搬送開始時の著しい搬送抵抗の増大を軽減することができる。この結果、テープ送りローラ27の搬送力不足による搬送不良の発生を防止することができる。 In contrast, in the present embodiment shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B, the gap g is relatively small as described above, and the front cutting line CLf is relatively at the front end of the wireless tag body 90 in the tape transport direction. It is provided at a close position. As a specific example similar to the above, for example, Y = 16.28 mm, Z = 9 mm, W = 31.4 mm (the diameter of the tape feed roller 27 is 10 mm, W / 4 = 7.9 mm). In this case, Z + W / 4 = 16.9 mm. In this case, the gap g = 2 mm. As a result of such a structure, the distance Y is relatively short, and a relationship of Z + (W / 4)> Y is established. For this reason, in the state where the preceding attached label Ti is completed and the conveyance by the tape feed roller 27 is stopped, all of the IC holders 92 are in a state of being completely deformed by the outer peripheral shape of the tape feed roller 27. That is, as shown in FIG. 16B, the entire dimension of the IC holding body 92 in the tape transport direction is deformed into an arc shape along the outer peripheral portion shape of the tape feed roller 27, and the outer peripheral portion is already in contact. Therefore, there is no non-contact and undeformed portion on the outer peripheral portion of the tape feed roller 27 in the IC holder 92, so that it is possible to reduce the significant increase in transport resistance at the start of transport as described above. . As a result, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of conveyance failure due to insufficient conveyance force of the tape feed roller 27.
 図17を用いて、このような制御を行うために上記制御回路110によって実行される制御手順を説明する。 A control procedure executed by the control circuit 110 to perform such control will be described with reference to FIG.
 この図17において、上記PC118を介しタグラベル作成装置1による所定の無線タグラベル作成操作が行われるとこのフローが開始される。まずステップS100で、上記PC118からの操作信号を(通信回線NW及び入出力インターフェース113を介して)入力しこの操作信号に基づき印刷データや無線タグ回路素子Toとの通信データの設定等を行う準備処理(詳細は後述の図18参照)を実行する。 In FIG. 17, when a predetermined RFID label producing operation is performed by the tag label producing apparatus 1 via the PC 118, this flow is started. First, in step S100, an operation signal from the PC 118 is input (via the communication line NW and the input / output interface 113), and preparation for setting print data, communication data with the RFID circuit element To, and the like based on the operation signal is performed. Processing (refer to FIG. 18 described later for details) is executed.
 その後、ステップS5に移り、入出力インターフェース113を介し搬送用モータ駆動回路121に制御信号を出力し、搬送用モータ121の駆動力によってテープ送りローラ27及びリボン巻取りローラ106を回転駆動させる。さらに、テープ排出モータ駆動回路123を介してテープ排出モータ65に制御信号を出力し、駆動ローラ51を回転駆動させる。これらにより、第1ロール102からタグテープ101が繰り出されテープ送りローラ27へ供給されるとともに、第2ロール104からはカバーフィルム103が繰り出され、これらタグテープ101とカバーフィルム103とが上記テープ送りローラ27及びサブローラ28により接着されて一体化されて印字済みタグラベル用テープ109として形成され、カートリッジ3外へ、さらにタグラベル作成装置1外方向へと搬送される。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S5, where a control signal is output to the conveying motor drive circuit 121 via the input / output interface 113, and the tape feeding roller 27 and the ribbon take-up roller 106 are driven to rotate by the driving force of the conveying motor 121. Further, a control signal is output to the tape discharge motor 65 via the tape discharge motor drive circuit 123 to drive the drive roller 51 to rotate. Thus, the tag tape 101 is fed out from the first roll 102 and supplied to the tape feed roller 27, and the cover film 103 is fed out from the second roll 104, and the tag tape 101 and the cover film 103 are fed to the tape feed. They are bonded and integrated by the roller 27 and the sub-roller 28 to form a tag label tape 109 with print, and are conveyed out of the cartridge 3 and further outward of the tag label producing apparatus 1.
 その後、ステップS10において、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が、前余白領域PE1における後続情報印字R1の印刷開始位置(以下適宜、前余白印刷開始位置という)まで搬送されたかどうか(言い換えれば後続情報印字R1の印刷開始位置に印字ヘッド23に正対する位置まで印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が到達したかどうか;図12(b)参照)を判定する。このときの判定は、例えば、前回の無線タグラベルTの作成時においてタグテープ101の識別子PMを検出した後からテープ搬送した距離(前回から引き続き記憶保持しておく)を所定の公知の方法で検出すればよい(パルスモータである搬送用モータ119を駆動する搬送用モータ駆動回路121の出力するパルス数をカウントする等)。前余白印刷開始位置に到達するまで判定が満たされずこの手順を繰り返し、到達したら判定が満たされて次のステップS15に移る。 Thereafter, in step S10, the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the print start position of the subsequent information print R1 in the front margin area PE1 (hereinafter referred to as the front margin print start position as appropriate) (in other words, the subsequent information print R1). It is determined whether the tag label tape 109 with print has reached the position where it faces the print head 23 at the print start position (see FIG. 12B). The determination at this time is, for example, a predetermined known method for detecting the distance (successively stored and held from the previous time) the tape was transported after the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 was detected when the RFID label T was created last time. What is necessary is just to count the number of pulses output from the transfer motor drive circuit 121 that drives the transfer motor 119, which is a pulse motor. The determination is not satisfied until the front margin printing start position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. When the previous margin printing start position is reached, the determination is satisfied and the process proceeds to the next step S15.
 ステップS15では、入出力インターフェース113を介し印刷駆動回路120に制御信号を出力し、印字ヘッド23を通電して、カバーフィルム103のうち前述した前余白領域PE1に、ステップS100で生成した印刷データに対応した文字、記号、バーコード等の後続情報印字R1の印刷を開始する(図12(c)参照)。なお、この後続情報印字R1の印刷は、対応する印刷データ分の印刷が終わり次第自動的に終了する。 In step S15, a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 120 via the input / output interface 113, the print head 23 is energized, and the print data generated in step S100 is applied to the above-described front margin area PE1 of the cover film 103. Printing of subsequent information printing R1 such as corresponding characters, symbols, barcodes, etc. is started (see FIG. 12C). Note that the printing of the subsequent information printing R1 is automatically terminated as soon as printing of the corresponding print data is completed.
 その後、ステップS20において、入出力インターフェース113を介し入力されたマーク検出センサ127の検出信号に基づき、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の上記識別子PMが検出されたかどうか、すなわち印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が、ラベル印字領域PEにおけるラベル印字Rの印刷開始位置(以下適宜、本印刷開始位置という)まで搬送されたかどうか(言い換えればラベル印字Rの印刷開始位置に印字ヘッド23に正対する位置まで印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が到達したかどうか;図12(d)参照)を判定する。識別子PMが検出されるまで判定が満たされずこの手順を繰り返し、検出されたら判定が満たされて次のステップS25に移る。 Thereafter, in step S20, based on the detection signal of the mark detection sensor 127 input through the input / output interface 113, whether or not the identifier PM of the tag label tape 109 with print is detected, that is, the tag label tape 109 with print is Whether the label print R has been transported to the print start position of the label print R in the label print area PE (hereinafter referred to as the “main print start position” where appropriate) (in other words, for the label label that has been printed to the print print start position of the label print R up to the position facing the print head It is determined whether the tape 109 has arrived; see FIG. The determination is not satisfied until the identifier PM is detected, and this procedure is repeated. If the identifier PM is detected, the determination is satisfied and the process proceeds to the next step S25.
 ステップS25では、入出力インターフェース113を介し印刷駆動回路120に制御信号を出力し、印字ヘッド23を通電して、カバーフィルム103のうち前述したラベル印字領域PEに、ステップS100で生成した印刷データに対応した文字、記号、バーコード等のラベル印字Rの印刷を開始する(図12(e)参照)。 In step S25, a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 120 via the input / output interface 113, the print head 23 is energized, and the print data generated in step S100 is applied to the label print area PE of the cover film 103 described above. Printing of label printing R such as corresponding characters, symbols, barcodes, etc. is started (see FIG. 12E).
 その後、ステップS30において、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が前述した前切断位置まで搬送されたかどうか(言い換えればカッタ15の可動刃41がステップS100で設定した前切断線CLfに正対する位置まで印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が到達したかどうか)を判定する。ここで、図16(a)及び図16(b)を用いて既に説明したように、前切断線CLfの位置と無線タグ本体90のテープ搬送方向先端との間の間隙gは例えば約2mmとなっており、図15(a)及び図15(b)の比較例の構造における間隙g=6mmよりも4mm短い。このことは、言い換えれば、前切断線CLfの設定位置が、上記比較例に比べて本実施形態では4mmだけ搬送方向上流側にずれていることに相当し、このステップS30での判定も、当該4mm分だけ、前切断のタイミングが遅くなっていることに相当している。なお、このステップS30での判定は、例えば、上記ステップS20においてタグテープ101の識別子PMを検出した後の搬送距離を所定の公知の方法で検出すればよい(パルスモータである搬送用モータ119を駆動する搬送用モータ駆動回路121の出力するパルス数をカウントする等)。前切断位置に到達するまで判定が満たされずこの手順を繰り返し、到達したら判定が満たされて次のステップS35に移る。 Thereafter, in step S30, whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the above-described pre-cut position (in other words, the tag label with print to the position where the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 faces the front cut line CLf set in step S100). Whether the tape 109 has been reached). Here, as already described with reference to FIGS. 16A and 16B, the gap g between the position of the front cutting line CLf and the front end of the wireless tag body 90 in the tape transport direction is, for example, about 2 mm. Thus, the gap g in the comparative example structure of FIGS. 15A and 15B is shorter by 4 mm than 6 mm. In other words, this corresponds to the setting position of the front cutting line CLf being shifted to the upstream side in the transport direction by 4 mm in this embodiment compared to the comparative example, and the determination in step S30 is also This corresponds to the timing of the previous cutting being delayed by 4 mm. The determination in step S30 may be performed by, for example, detecting the transport distance after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in step S20 (using a transport motor 119 that is a pulse motor). Counting the number of pulses output from the driving motor driving circuit 121 for driving, etc.). The determination is not satisfied until the previous cutting position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. When the previous cutting position is reached, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S35.
 ステップS35では、入出力インターフェース113を介し搬送用モータ駆動回路121及びテープ排出モータ駆動回路123に制御信号を出力し、搬送用モータ119及びテープ排出モータ65の駆動を停止して、テープ送りローラ27、リボン巻取りローラ106、駆動ローラ51の回転を停止する。これにより、カートリッジ3から繰り出された印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が排出方向に移動する過程で、ステップS100で設定した前切断線CLfにカッタ15の可動刃41が正対した状態で、第1ロール102からのタグテープ101の繰り出し、第2ロール104からのカバーフィルム103の繰り出し、及び印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が停止する。またこのとき、入出力インターフェース113を介し印刷駆動回路120にも制御信号を出力し、印字ヘッド23の通電を停止して、上記ラベル印字Rの印刷を停止(印刷中断)する。 In step S35, control signals are output to the transport motor drive circuit 121 and the tape discharge motor drive circuit 123 via the input / output interface 113, the drive of the transport motor 119 and the tape discharge motor 65 is stopped, and the tape feed roller 27 is stopped. Then, the rotation of the ribbon take-up roller 106 and the driving roller 51 is stopped. As a result, in the process in which the tag label tape 109 with print fed out from the cartridge 3 moves in the discharge direction, the first roll with the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 facing the front cutting line CLf set in step S100. The feeding of the tag tape 101 from 102, the feeding of the cover film 103 from the second roll 104, and the conveyance of the tag label tape 109 with print are stopped. At this time, a control signal is also output to the print drive circuit 120 via the input / output interface 113, the energization of the print head 23 is stopped, and printing of the label print R is stopped (print interruption).
 その後、ステップS40で、入出力インターフェース113を介しカッタモータ駆動回路122に制御信号を出力してカッタモータ43を駆動し、可動刃41を回動させて、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109のカバーフィルム103、粘着層101a、ベースフィルム101b、粘着層101c、粘着層101d、ベースフィルム101e、粘着層101f、及び剥離紙101gをすべて前切断線CLfで切断(分断)する前切断処理を行う(図12(f)参照)。このカッタ15による分断によって、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109から切り離され、前後に作成された(作成される)2つの無線タグラベルT,Tの作成関連情報がそれぞれ印字された付属ラベルTiが生成される。 Thereafter, in step S40, a control signal is output to the cutter motor driving circuit 122 via the input / output interface 113 to drive the cutter motor 43, and the movable blade 41 is rotated to cover the cover film 103 of the tag label tape 109 with print. Then, a pre-cutting process is performed in which the adhesive layer 101a, the base film 101b, the adhesive layer 101c, the adhesive layer 101d, the base film 101e, the adhesive layer 101f, and the release paper 101g are all cut (divided) by the pre-cut line CLf (FIG. 12 ( f)). By the cutting by the cutter 15, the attached label Ti is generated, which is separated from the printed tag label tape 109 and printed with information related to the creation of the two RFID tag labels T and T created (created) before and after. .
 そして、ステップS45に移り、上記ステップS5と同様にしてテープ送りローラ27、リボン巻取りローラ106、駆動ローラ51を回転駆動させて印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送を再開する。この搬送再開時において、前述した作用により、著しい搬送抵抗の増大が軽減されるのである。またこの搬送再開ともに、ステップS25と同様にして印字ヘッド23に通電してラベル印字Rの印刷を再開する。また、テープ搬送が再開されることにより、上記ステップS40で(印字済みタグラベル用テープ109から分離され)ラベル状に生成された付属ラベルTiが、ラベル排出口7へ向かって搬送され、ラベル排出口7からタグラベル作成装置1外へと排出される。 Then, the process proceeds to step S45, and the feeding of the tag label tape 109 with print is resumed by rotating the tape feeding roller 27, the ribbon take-up roller 106, and the driving roller 51 in the same manner as in step S5. When the conveyance is resumed, the increase in the conveyance resistance is reduced by the above-described action. In addition to the resumption of conveyance, the printing of the label print R is resumed by energizing the print head 23 as in step S25. In addition, when the tape conveyance is resumed, the attached label Ti generated in the form of a label (separated from the tag label tape 109 with print) in step S40 is conveyed toward the label discharge port 7, and the label discharge port 7 is discharged out of the tag label producing apparatus 1.
 その後、ステップS200へ移り、印字ラベル作成処理を行う。すなわち、無線タグ回路素子Toの通信位置(無線タグ本体90が装置アンテナ52と正対する位置)まで搬送したら搬送及び印字を停止して情報送受信を行い(図12(h)参照)、その後搬送及び印字を再開して印字を完了させ(図12(i)及び図12(j)参照)、さらに次の付属ラベルTiにおける先行情報印字R2の印刷を行う(後述の図19参照)。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S200, and print label creation processing is performed. That is, when the RFID tag circuit element To is conveyed to the communication position (position where the RFID tag main body 90 faces the device antenna 52), conveyance and printing are stopped and information transmission / reception is performed (see FIG. 12H). Printing is resumed to complete the printing (see FIGS. 12 (i) and 12 (j)), and the preceding information print R2 on the next attached label Ti is printed (see FIG. 19 described later).
 次に、ステップS50に移り(なおこの時点でステップS200において印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が再開されている)、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が前述した本切断位置まで搬送されたかどうか(言い換えればカッタ15の可動刃41がステップS100で設定した本切断線CLrに正対する位置まで印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が到達したかどうか)を判定する。このときの判定も、前述と同様、例えば、上記ステップS20においてタグテープ101の識別子PMを検出した後の搬送距離を所定の公知の方法で検出すればよい(パルスモータである搬送用モータ119を駆動する搬送用モータ駆動回路121の出力するパルス数をカウントする等)。本切断位置に到達するまで判定が満たされずこの手順を繰り返し、到達したら判定が満たされて次のステップS55に移る。 Next, the process proceeds to step S50 (note that at this point, the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print is resumed at step S200), and whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the above-described main cutting position (in other words, It is determined whether the tag label tape 109 with print has reached the position where the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 faces the main cutting line CLr set in step S100. The determination at this time is also the same as described above, for example, by detecting the transport distance after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in the above step S20 by a predetermined known method (the transport motor 119 which is a pulse motor). Counting the number of pulses output from the driving motor driving circuit 121 for driving, etc.). The determination is not satisfied until the main cutting position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. If it is reached, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S55.
 ステップS55では、上記ステップS35と同様にして、テープ送りローラ27、リボン巻取りローラ106、駆動ローラ51の回転を停止して印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送を停止する。これにより、ステップS100で設定した本切断線CLrにカッタ15の可動刃41が正対した状態で、第1ロール102からのタグテープ101の繰り出し、第2ロール104からのカバーフィルム103の繰り出し、及び印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が停止する。 In step S55, similarly to step S35, the rotation of the tape feeding roller 27, the ribbon take-up roller 106, and the driving roller 51 is stopped, and the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print is stopped. Thereby, with the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 facing the main cutting line CLr set in step S100, the tag tape 101 is fed from the first roll 102, the cover film 103 is fed from the second roll 104, In addition, the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print stops.
 その後、ステップS60でカッタモータ駆動回路122に制御信号を出力してカッタモータ43を駆動し、カッタ15の可動刃41を回動させて、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109のカバーフィルム103、粘着層101a、ベースフィルム101b、粘着層101c、粘着層101d、ベースフィルム101e、粘着層101f、及び剥離紙101gをすべて本切断線CLrで切断(分断)する本切断処理を行う(図12(l)参照)。このカッタ15による分断によって印字済みタグラベル用テープ109から切り離され、無線タグ回路素子Toの無線タグ情報が読み取られ(又は所定のタグ情報が書き込まれ)かつこれに対応する所定の印字が行われたラベル状の無線タグラベルTが生成される。 Thereafter, in step S60, a control signal is output to the cutter motor drive circuit 122 to drive the cutter motor 43, and the movable blade 41 of the cutter 15 is rotated to cover the cover film 103 and the adhesive layer 101a of the tag label tape 109 with print. The base film 101b, the adhesive layer 101c, the adhesive layer 101d, the base film 101e, the adhesive layer 101f, and the release paper 101g are all cut (divided) along the main cutting line CLr (see FIG. 12 (l)). . By the cutting by the cutter 15, the tag label tape 109 that has been printed is separated, the RFID tag information of the RFID circuit element To is read (or the prescribed tag information is written), and the prescribed printing corresponding thereto is performed. A label-like RFID label T is generated.
 その後、ステップS65に移り、入出力インターフェース31を介してテープ排出モータ駆動回路123に制御信号を出力し、テープ排出モータ65の駆動を再開して、駆動ローラ51を回転させる。これにより、駆動ローラ51による搬送が再開されて上記ステップS60でラベル状に生成された無線タグラベルTがラベル排出口7へ向かって搬送され、ラベル排出口7からタグラベル作成装置1外へと排出し、このフローを終了する。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S65, where a control signal is output to the tape discharge motor drive circuit 123 via the input / output interface 31, the drive of the tape discharge motor 65 is restarted, and the drive roller 51 is rotated. As a result, the conveyance by the driving roller 51 is resumed, and the RFID label T generated in the label shape in the above-described step S60 is conveyed toward the label discharge port 7 and discharged from the label discharge port 7 to the outside of the label label producing apparatus 1. This flow is finished.
 図18を用いて、上述したステップS100の詳細手順を説明する。図18に示すフローにおいて、まずステップS105で、入出力インターフェース113を介し、PC118から入力操作された操作信号を入力(識別)する。この操作信号には、例えば操作者が指定したラベル印字R(前回印字分と今回印字分の2つ)の文字・図柄・模様等やそのフォント(字体、大きさ、太さ等)あるいは文字や数字等のキャラクタのコードデータなどの印刷情報や作成日時などが含まれ、無線タグ回路素子Toへ情報書き込みを行う場合には、当該書き込み情報(少なくとも識別情報としてのタグIDを含む無線タグ情報)も含まれる。また、カートリッジホルダ6に装着されたカートリッジ3の種類に関する情報(言い換えれば、タグテープ101内における無線タグ回路素子の配置間隔、タグテープ101のテープ幅等のタグ属性情報)も併せて含まれる。 The detailed procedure of step S100 described above will be described with reference to FIG. In the flow shown in FIG. 18, in step S105, an operation signal input from the PC 118 is input (identified) via the input / output interface 113. The operation signal includes, for example, characters, designs, patterns, etc. of the label print R (two prints for the previous print and the current print) specified by the operator, fonts thereof (font, size, thickness, etc.), characters, When printing information such as code data of characters such as numbers and creation date and time are included and information is written to the RFID circuit element To, the writing information (RFID tag information including at least a tag ID as identification information) Is also included. Further, information on the type of the cartridge 3 attached to the cartridge holder 6 (in other words, tag attribute information such as the arrangement interval of the RFID circuit elements in the tag tape 101 and the tape width of the tag tape 101) is also included.
 なお、このカートリッジ情報については、カートリッジ3に別途設けた被検出部(例えば凹凸形状等の識別子)を適宜の検出手段(メカニカルスイッチ等の機械的検出を行うものや、光学的検出を行うセンサ、磁気的検出を行うセンサ等)で検出し、この検出信号に基づきカートリッジ3の種類を自動的に検出・検索するようにしてもよい。 For this cartridge information, a detected part (for example, an identifier such as a concavo-convex shape) provided separately in the cartridge 3 is appropriately detected by means of mechanical detection such as a mechanical switch, a sensor for optical detection, The type of the cartridge 3 may be automatically detected and searched based on this detection signal.
 その後、ステップS110に移り、上記ステップS105で入力された操作信号に基づき、上記印刷情報に対応した印刷データ(ラベル印字R、後続情報印字R1、先行情報印字R2)を作成する。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S110, and print data (label printing R, subsequent information printing R1, and preceding information printing R2) corresponding to the printing information is created based on the operation signal input in step S105.
 そして、ステップS115において、上記ステップS105で入力された操作信号に基づき、上記書き込み情報に対応した通信データを作成する。なお上述したように、無線タグ回路素子Toへ情報書き込みを行って無線タグラベルTを作成する場合にはこの手順を実行するが、無線タグ回路素子Toに予め記憶された情報の読み取りのみを行って(情報書き込みを行わず)無線タグラベルTを作成する場合には、この手順は省略してもよい。 In step S115, communication data corresponding to the writing information is created based on the operation signal input in step S105. As described above, this procedure is performed when information is written to the RFID circuit element To to create the RFID label T, but only the information previously stored in the RFID circuit element To is read. When the RFID label T is created (without writing information), this procedure may be omitted.
 その後、ステップS120に移り、上述した前切断線CLfの位置を設定する。この設定は、上記ステップS105で入力された操作信号に基づき、上記カートリッジ情報に対応した前切断線CLfのテープ上の位置を設定する。すなわち、カートリッジ3の種類によって、前述したようにタグテープ101内における無線タグ本体90のピッチ間隔P(言い換えればピッチ基準線Lpとピッチ基準線Lpとの距離)が一意的に決まる。また、前切断線CLfの位置は(本切断線CLrとは異なり)ラベル印字Rの内容によらず、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109先端(又は識別子PMの先端)から一定の位置に予め決められている(例えばテーブルの形で制御回路110の適宜の箇所に記憶されている)。但しこのとき、前述したように、タグテープ101の搬送方向に沿った送りローラ27の中心Oからカッタ15までの距離Z、及び、テープ送りローラ27のローラ外周の円周長W、に関し、IC保持体92のテープ搬送方向後端からのカッタ15の切断位置までの距離Yが、Z+(W/4)>Yの条件を満足するように、上記前切断線CLfの位置は設定されている。この手順では、このような前提のもと、上記前切断線CLfの位置を、カートリッジ3ごとに、予め定められた位置に(固定的に)設定する。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S120, and the position of the above-described front cutting line CLf is set. In this setting, the position on the tape of the front cutting line CLf corresponding to the cartridge information is set based on the operation signal input in step S105. That is, the pitch interval P of the RFID tag main body 90 in the tag tape 101 (in other words, the distance between the pitch reference line Lp and the pitch reference line Lp) is uniquely determined according to the type of the cartridge 3 as described above. Further, the position of the front cutting line CLf (unlike the main cutting line CLr) is determined in advance from the front end of the tag label tape 109 with print (or the front end of the identifier PM) to a fixed position regardless of the contents of the label print R. (For example, stored in an appropriate location of the control circuit 110 in the form of a table). However, at this time, as described above, regarding the distance Z from the center O of the feed roller 27 to the cutter 15 along the conveyance direction of the tag tape 101 and the circumferential length W of the outer circumference of the tape feed roller 27, IC The position of the front cutting line CLf is set so that the distance Y from the rear end of the holding body 92 in the tape transport direction to the cutting position of the cutter 15 satisfies the condition of Z + (W / 4)> Y. . In this procedure, the position of the front cutting line CLf is set to a predetermined position (fixed) for each cartridge 3 under such a premise.
 そして、ステップS125において、上述した無線タグ本体90によるテープ上の通信位置を設定する。この設定も、上記ステップS120と同様、上記ステップS105で入力された操作信号に基づき、カートリッジ3の種類によって無線タグ本体90や無線タグ回路素子Toの種類(大きさ)及び配置位置は印字済みタグラベル用テープ109先端から一定の位置に予め決められている前提のもと、上記無線タグ本体90の印字済みタグラベル用テープ109における配置位置を、カートリッジ3ごとに予め定められた位置に(固定的に)設定する。 In step S125, a communication position on the tape by the above-described wireless tag main body 90 is set. In this setting as well as step S120, based on the operation signal input in step S105, the type (size) and arrangement position of the wireless tag main body 90 and the wireless tag circuit element To and the arrangement position are determined depending on the type of the cartridge 3. Based on the pre-determined position from the front end of the tape 109 for printing, the position of the RFID tag main body 90 on the tag label tape 109 with print is set to a predetermined position for each cartridge 3 (fixedly). ) Set.
 その後、ステップS130に移り、上記ステップS110で作成された印刷データに基づき、ラベル印字Rの印刷が終了するテープ上の位置(以下適宜、本印刷終了位置という)を算出する。すなわち、ラベル印字Rの内容によって変化し、印字長さが長くなる場合には印刷終了位置はラベル後端部側に(相対的に)近くなり、印字長さが短い場合には印刷終了位置はラベル前端部側に(相対的に)近くなる。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S130, and based on the print data created in step S110, the position on the tape at which the printing of the label print R is completed (hereinafter referred to as the “main print end position” as appropriate) is calculated. That is, depending on the contents of the label print R, when the print length is long, the print end position is (relatively) closer to the rear end of the label, and when the print length is short, the print end position is It is closer (relatively) to the label front end side.
 そして、ステップS135において、上述した本切断線CLrの位置を設定する。この設定は、上記ステップS105で入力された操作信号と、上記ステップS130で算出された印刷終了位置とに基づき、上記カートリッジ情報に対応した本切断線CLrのテープ上の位置を設定する。すなわち、上記ステップS105で入力された操作信号に基づき、カートリッジ3の種類によって印刷終了位置から本切断線CLrまでの距離は一定に予め決められている前提のもと、上記ステップS130で算出された印刷終了位置に対し当該定められた距離を加える(間に介在させる)形で、テープ上の本切断線CLrの位置を算出する。 In step S135, the position of the main cutting line CLr described above is set. In this setting, the position of the main cutting line CLr corresponding to the cartridge information on the tape is set based on the operation signal input in step S105 and the print end position calculated in step S130. That is, based on the operation signal input in step S105, the distance from the print end position to the main cutting line CLr is calculated in step S130 on the premise that the distance from the print end position to the main cutting line CLr is fixed in advance depending on the type of the cartridge 3. The position of the main cutting line CLr on the tape is calculated in such a manner that the predetermined distance is added to the print end position (intervened).
 その後、ステップS140に移り、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109のピッチ基準線Lpの位置を設定する。この設定も、上記ステップS120と同様、上記ステップS105で入力された操作信号に基づき、カートリッジ3の種類によってラベル大きさは一定に予め決められている前提のもと、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109のピッチ基準線Lpの位置をカートリッジ3ごとに予め定められた位置に(固定的に)設定する。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S140, and the position of the pitch reference line Lp of the tag label tape 109 with print is set. In this setting as well as step S120, the label size of the tag label tape 109 with print is based on the premise that the label size is determined in advance according to the type of the cartridge 3 based on the operation signal input in step S105. The position of the pitch reference line Lp is set (fixed) to a predetermined position for each cartridge 3.
 そして、ステップS145において、上述した無線タグ本体90のテープ上の後端位置を設定する。この設定も、上記と同様、上記ステップS105で入力された操作信号に基づき、カートリッジ3の種類によって無線タグ回路素子Toの種類(大きさ)及び配置位置は予め決められている前提のもと、上記無線タグ本体90の印字済みタグラベル用テープ109における後端位置を、カートリッジ3ごとに予め定められた位置に(固定的に)設定する。 In step S145, the rear end position on the tape of the wireless tag main body 90 described above is set. This setting is also based on the premise that the type (size) and arrangement position of the RFID circuit element To are determined in advance by the type of the cartridge 3 based on the operation signal input in step S105, as described above. The rear end position of the RFID label main body 90 on the tag label tape 109 with print is set (fixed) to a predetermined position for each cartridge 3.
 そして、ステップS150に移り、ステップS135で設定した本切断線CLrの位置(本切断位置)が、ステップS145の無線タグ本体90の後端位置よりもラベル後端側であるかどうかを判定する。本切断線CLrの位置がラベル後端側に設定されていれば判定が満たされ、ステップS165に移る。 Then, the process proceeds to step S150, and it is determined whether or not the position of the main cutting line CLr (main cutting position) set in step S135 is closer to the label rear end side than the rear end position of the wireless tag main body 90 in step S145. If the position of the main cutting line CLr is set on the label rear end side, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S165.
 本切断線CLrの位置が無線タグ本体90の後端位置よりもラベル前端側に設定されていた場合、判定が満たされず、ステップS155に移る。ステップS155では、このままでは無線タグ本体90の一部を切断してしまう可能性があることから、これを回避するために、本切断線CLrの位置が無線タグ本体90の後端位置よりもラベル後端側となるように位置修正を行い(再設定)、ステップS165に移る。 If the position of the main cutting line CLr is set on the label front end side with respect to the rear end position of the wireless tag main body 90, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S155. In step S155, since there is a possibility that a part of the wireless tag main body 90 is cut as it is, in order to avoid this, the position of the main cutting line CLr is labeled more than the rear end position of the wireless tag main body 90. The position is corrected so as to be on the rear end side (reset), and the process proceeds to step S165.
 ステップS165では、後続情報印字R1及び先行情報印字R2の印刷位置を設定する。この設定も、前述と同様、上記ステップS105で入力された操作信号に基づき、カートリッジ3の種類によってラベル大きさは一定に予め決められている前提のもと、例えば印字済みタグラベル用テープ109のピッチ基準線Lpの位置を基準として、後続情報印字R1及び先行情報印字R2のそれぞれの印刷を実行する位置をカートリッジ3ごとに予め定められた位置に(固定的に)設定する。なお、上記14に示したように先行情報印字R2を印刷する後余白領域PE2が不足する場合には、先行情報印字R2の印刷位置の設定を省略することになる。 In step S165, the printing positions of the subsequent information printing R1 and the preceding information printing R2 are set. Similarly to the above, this setting is also based on the precondition that the label size is predetermined according to the type of the cartridge 3 based on the operation signal input in step S105. For example, the pitch of the tag label tape 109 with print is set. Using the position of the reference line Lp as a reference, the positions for executing the subsequent information printing R1 and the preceding information printing R2 are set to fixed positions (fixed) for each cartridge 3 in advance. Note that, as shown in 14 above, when the trailing margin area PE2 for printing the preceding information print R2 is insufficient, the setting of the print position of the preceding information print R2 is omitted.
 その後、ステップS170において、後述の装置アンテナ52から無線タグ回路素子Toへ通信を行う際、無線タグ回路素子Toからの応答がない場合に通信再試行(リトライ)を行う回数(アクセス試行回数)をカウントする変数M,Nを0に初期化設定し、このルーチンを終了する。 Thereafter, in step S170, when communication is performed from the device antenna 52, which will be described later, to the RFID circuit element To, the number of times of retrying communication (retry) when there is no response from the RFID circuit element To (number of access attempts). The variables M and N to be counted are initialized to 0, and this routine is terminated.
 図19を用いて、上述したステップS200の詳細手順を説明する。図19に示すフローにおいて、まずステップS210で、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が前述した装置アンテナ52との通信位置まで搬送されたかどうか(言い換えれば上記ステップS125で設定した、装置アンテナ52が無線タグ本体90位置と略正対する位置まで印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が到達したかどうか;図12(h)参照)を判定する。このときの判定も、前述した図17のステップS30と同様、例えば、上記ステップS20においてタグテープ101の識別子PMを検出した後の搬送距離を所定の公知の方法で検出すればよい。通信位置に到達するまで判定が満たされずこの手順を繰り返し、到達したら判定が満たされて次のステップS220に移る。 The detailed procedure of step S200 described above will be described with reference to FIG. In the flow shown in FIG. 19, first, in step S210, whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the communication position with the device antenna 52 described above (in other words, the device antenna 52 set in step S125 above is the RFID tag main body. It is determined whether the tag label tape 109 with print has reached a position substantially opposite to the 90 position; see FIG. The determination at this time may also be detected by a predetermined known method, for example, after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in step S20, as in step S30 of FIG. The determination is not satisfied until the communication position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. When the communication position is reached, the determination is satisfied and the process proceeds to the next step S220.
 ステップS220では、上記ステップS35と同様にして、テープ送りローラ27、リボン巻取りローラ106、駆動ローラ51の回転を停止し、無線タグ本体90に装置アンテナ52が略正対した状態で印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送が停止する。また、印字ヘッド23の通電を停止して、上記ラベル印字Rの印刷を停止(中断)する(図12(i)参照)。 In step S220, in the same manner as in step S35, the rotation of the tape feeding roller 27, the ribbon take-up roller 106, and the driving roller 51 is stopped, and the tag label that has been printed with the apparatus antenna 52 facing the wireless tag main body 90 is substantially facing. The conveyance of the tape 109 for use stops. Further, the energization of the print head 23 is stopped, and the printing of the label print R is stopped (interrupted) (see FIG. 12 (i)).
 その後、ステップS400に移り、装置アンテナ52と無線タグ回路素子Toとの間で無線通信により情報の送受信を行い、無線タグ回路素子ToのIC回路部80に対し図18の上記ステップS115で作成した情報を書き込む(又はIC回路部に予め記憶されていた情報を読み取る)情報送受信処理を行う(詳細は後述の図20参照)。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S400, information is transmitted and received between the device antenna 52 and the RFID circuit element To by wireless communication, and the IC circuit unit 80 of the RFID circuit element To is created in the above step S115 of FIG. Information transmission / reception processing is performed in which information is written (or information previously stored in the IC circuit unit is read) (see FIG. 20 described later for details).
 次に、ステップS230へ移り、図17のステップS45と同様にして、テープ送りローラ27、リボン巻取りローラ106、駆動ローラ51を回転駆動させて印字済みタグラベル用テープ109の搬送を再開するとともに、印字ヘッド23に通電してラベル印字Rの印刷を再開する。 Next, the process proceeds to step S230, and similarly to step S45 of FIG. 17, the tape feeding roller 27, the ribbon take-up roller 106, and the driving roller 51 are rotationally driven to resume the transport of the tag label tape 109 with print, The print head 23 is energized to resume printing the label print R.
 その後、ステップS240に移り、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が前述した本印刷終了位置(上記図18のステップS130で算出)まで搬送されたかどうかを判定する。このときの判定も、前述と同様、例えば、上記ステップS20においてタグテープ101の識別子PMを検出した後の搬送距離を所定の公知の方法で検出すればよい。印刷終了位置に到達するまで判定が満たされずこの手順を繰り返し、到達したら判定が満たされて次のステップS250に移る。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S240, and it is determined whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the above-described main printing end position (calculated in step S130 in FIG. 18). The determination at this time may also be made by detecting the transport distance after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in step S20 in the same manner as described above, for example. The determination is not satisfied until the print end position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. When the print end position is reached, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S250.
 ステップS250では、上記図17のステップS35と同様にして、印字ヘッド23の通電を停止して、上記ラベル印字Rの印刷を停止する。これによって、所定の印字領域に対するラベル印字Rの印刷が完了する(図12(j)参照)。 In step S250, as in step S35 of FIG. 17, the energization of the print head 23 is stopped and printing of the label print R is stopped. Thereby, the printing of the label print R for the predetermined print area is completed (see FIG. 12J).
 その後、ステップS500に移り、後余白領域PE2の長さX2が十分に長い場合にだけ後余白領域PE2に対応する位置に先行情報印字R2の印刷を行う後余白印刷処理を実行し(詳細は後述の図21参照)、このルーチンを終了する。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S500, and a post-margin printing process is performed in which the preceding information print R2 is printed at a position corresponding to the rear margin area PE2 only when the length X2 of the rear margin area PE2 is sufficiently long (details will be described later). 21), this routine is terminated.
 図20を用いて、上述したステップS400の詳細手順を説明する。なおこの例では、前述の情報書き込み及び情報読み取りのうち、情報書き込みを例にとって説明する。 The detailed procedure of step S400 described above will be described with reference to FIG. In this example, information writing will be described as an example of the information writing and information reading described above.
 図20において、まずステップS410で、入出力インターフェース113を介し前述の送信回路306に制御信号を出力し、タグID読み取りコマンド信号の送信を行う。すなわち、送信回路306が、所定の変調を行うことで、無線タグ回路素子Toの記憶されたID情報を取得するための質問波(この例では問合せ信号としての上記タグID読取コマンド信号)を生成する。そして、このタグID読み取りコマンド信号を、装置アンテナ52を介して書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子Toに送信する。これにより、無線タグ回路素子Toの上記メモリ部86が初期化される。 In FIG. 20, first, in step S410, a control signal is output to the transmission circuit 306 via the input / output interface 113 to transmit a tag ID read command signal. That is, the transmitter circuit 306 generates a query wave (in this example, the tag ID read command signal as an inquiry signal) for acquiring the stored ID information of the RFID circuit element To by performing predetermined modulation. To do. Then, this tag ID read command signal is transmitted to the RFID tag circuit element To to be written through the device antenna 52. Thereby, the memory part 86 of the RFID circuit element To is initialized.
 その後、ステップS415において、上記タグID読取コマンド信号に対応して書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子Toから送信されたリプライ信号(タグIDを含む)を、装置アンテナ52を介して受信し、受信回路307及び入出力インターフェース113を介し取り込む。 Thereafter, in step S415, the reply signal (including the tag ID) transmitted from the RFID tag circuit element To as the write target corresponding to the tag ID read command signal is received via the device antenna 52, and the receiving circuit 307 is received. And input / output interface 113.
 次に、ステップS420において、上記受信したリプライ信号に基づき、当該無線タグ回路素子ToのタグIDが正常に読み取れたか否かを判定する。 Next, in step S420, based on the received reply signal, it is determined whether or not the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To has been normally read.
 判定が満たされない場合はステップS425に移ってMに1を加え、さらにステップS430においてM=5かどうかが判定される。M≦4の場合は判定が満たされずステップS410に戻り同様の手順を繰り返す。M=5の場合はステップS435に移り、エラー表示信号を入出力インターフェース113を介し上記PC118へ出力し、対応する書き込み失敗(エラー)表示を行わせ、このルーチンを終了する。このようにして初期化が不調でも5回までは再試行が行われる。 If the determination is not satisfied, the process moves to step S425, 1 is added to M, and it is further determined in step S430 whether M = 5. If M ≦ 4, the determination is not satisfied and the routine returns to step S410 and the same procedure is repeated. If M = 5, the process proceeds to step S435, and an error display signal is output to the PC 118 via the input / output interface 113, the corresponding writing failure (error) display is performed, and this routine is terminated. In this way, even if initialization is not successful, retry is performed up to five times.
 ステップS420の判定が満たされた場合、ステップS440に移り、入出力インターフェース113を介し送信回路306に制御信号を出力し、Writeコマンド信号の送信を行う。すなわち、送信回路306が、所定の変調を行うことで、ステップS415にて読み取ったタグIDを指定し当該無線タグ回路素子Toのメモリ部86に所望のデータを書き込むための質問波(この例では上記Writeコマンド信号)を生成する。そして、このWriteコマンド信号を、装置アンテナ52を介して情報書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子Toに送信し、情報を書き込む。 If the determination in step S420 is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S440, where a control signal is output to the transmission circuit 306 via the input / output interface 113, and a write command signal is transmitted. That is, the transmission circuit 306 performs a predetermined modulation to specify the tag ID read in step S415 and write a query wave for writing desired data in the memory unit 86 of the RFID circuit element To (in this example, The Write command signal) is generated. Then, the Write command signal is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as the information writing target via the device antenna 52, and information is written.
 その後、ステップS445において、入出力インターフェース113を介し送信回路306に制御信号を出力し、Readコマンド信号の送信を行う。すなわち、送信回路306が、所定の変調を行うことで、ステップS415にて読み取ったタグIDを指定し当該無線タグ回路素子Toのメモリ部86に記録されたデータを読み出すための質問波(この例では上記Readコマンド信号)を生成する。そして、このReadコマンド信号を装置アンテナ52を介して情報書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子Toに送信し、返信を促す。 Thereafter, in step S445, a control signal is output to the transmission circuit 306 via the input / output interface 113, and a Read command signal is transmitted. In other words, the transmission circuit 306 performs predetermined modulation to specify the tag ID read in step S415 and to read the data recorded in the memory unit 86 of the RFID circuit element To (this example) Then, the Read command signal) is generated. Then, this Read command signal is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To which information is to be written via the device antenna 52 to prompt a reply.
 その後ステップS450において、上記Readコマンド信号に対応して書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子Toから送信されたリプライ信号を、装置アンテナ52を介して受信し、受信回路307を介し取り込む。 Thereafter, in step S450, a reply signal transmitted from the RFID tag circuit element To to be written in response to the Read command signal is received via the device antenna 52 and taken in via the receiving circuit 307.
 次に、ステップS455において、上記受信したリプライ信号に基づき当該無線タグ回路素子Toのメモリ部86内に記憶された情報を確認し、公知の誤り検出符号(CRC符号;Cyclic Redundancy Check等)を用いて、前述の送信した所定の情報がメモリ部86に正常に記憶されたか否かを判定する。 Next, in step S455, the information stored in the memory unit 86 of the RFID circuit element To is confirmed based on the received reply signal, and a known error detection code (CRC code; Cyclic Redundancy Check, etc.) is used. Then, it is determined whether or not the predetermined information transmitted as described above is normally stored in the memory unit 86.
 正常に記憶されていない場合は判定が満たされず、ステップS460に移ってNに1を加え、さらにステップS465においてN=5かどうかが判定される。N≦4の場合は判定が満たされずステップS440に戻り同様の手順を繰り返す。N=5の場合は前述したステップS435に移り、同様にPC118に対応する書き込み失敗(エラー)表示を行わせ、このルーチンを終了する。このようにして情報書き込みが不調でも5回までは再試行が行われる。 If it is not stored normally, the determination is not satisfied, the process moves to step S460, 1 is added to N, and it is further determined in step S465 whether N = 5. If N ≦ 4, the determination is not satisfied and the routine returns to step S440 and the same procedure is repeated. If N = 5, the process proceeds to step S435 described above, and similarly a writing failure (error) display corresponding to the PC 118 is performed, and this routine is terminated. In this way, even if information writing is not successful, retry is performed up to five times.
 ステップS455において正常に記憶が行われていた場合、判定が満たされ、ステップS470に移る。ステップS470では、送信回路306に制御信号を出力し、ロックコマンド信号の送信を行う。すなわち、送信回路306が、所定の変調を行うことで、ステップS415にて読み取ったタグIDを指定し当該無線タグ回路素子Toのメモリ部86に記録されたデータの上書きを禁止するための質問波(この例では上記ロックコマンド信号)を生成する。そして、このロックコマンド信号を、装置アンテナ52を介して情報書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子Toに送信し、当該無線タグ回路素子Toへの新たな情報の書き込みを禁止する。これにより、書き込み対象とする無線タグ回路素子Toへの情報書き込みが完了する。 If the storage is normally performed in step S455, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to step S470. In step S470, a control signal is output to the transmission circuit 306, and a lock command signal is transmitted. That is, the transmission circuit 306 performs a predetermined modulation to specify the tag ID read in step S415 and to interrogate the data recorded in the memory unit 86 of the RFID circuit element To. (In this example, the lock command signal is generated). Then, the lock command signal is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as the information writing target via the device antenna 52, and writing of new information to the RFID circuit element To is prohibited. Thereby, the information writing to the RFID tag circuit element To to be written is completed.
 その後、ステップS480に移り、上記ステップS440で無線タグ回路素子Toに書き込まれた情報と、これに対応して既に印字ヘッド23により印字領域に印字されたラベル印字Rの印字情報との組み合わせを、入出力インターフェース113及び通信回線NWを介し出力し、情報サーバISやルートサーバRSに記憶させる。なお、この記憶データは必要に応じてPC118より参照可能に例えば各サーバIS,RSのデータベース内に格納保持される。以上により、このルーチンを終了する。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S480, and the combination of the information written in the RFID circuit element To in the step S440 and the print information of the label print R already printed in the print area by the print head 23 corresponding to this, The data is output via the input / output interface 113 and the communication line NW and stored in the information server IS or the route server RS. This stored data is stored and held in the database of each server IS, RS, for example, so that it can be referred to from the PC 118 as necessary. This routine is completed as described above.
 図21を用いて、図19で上述したステップS500の詳細手順を説明する。 The detailed procedure of step S500 described above with reference to FIG. 19 will be described with reference to FIG.
 図21に示すフローのまずステップS510において、前述のステップS135で設定した本切断線CLrの位置(本切断位置)と、前述のステップS140で設定したピッチ基準線Lpの位置が、予め定められた所定の距離以上(具体的には、先行情報印字R2の印刷に必要な距離以上)であるかどうかを判定する。本切断線CLrの位置とピッチ基準線Lpの位置とが近すぎる場合にはこの判定が満たされず、先行情報印字R2を印刷するのは適当ではないとみなされ、このルーチンを終了する。一方、本切断線CLrの位置とピッチ基準線Lpの位置とが十分に遠ければこの判定が満たされ、ステップS520に移る。 In step S510 of the flow shown in FIG. 21, the position of the main cutting line CLr set in step S135 (the main cutting position) and the position of the pitch reference line Lp set in step S140 are set in advance. It is determined whether or not the distance is equal to or greater than a predetermined distance (specifically, a distance that is necessary for printing the preceding information print R2). If the position of the main cutting line CLr and the position of the pitch reference line Lp are too close, this determination is not satisfied and it is considered that it is not appropriate to print the preceding information print R2, and this routine is terminated. On the other hand, if the position of the main cutting line CLr and the position of the pitch reference line Lp are sufficiently far, this determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S520.
 ステップS520では、ステップS10と同様、印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が、後余白領域PE2における先行情報印字R2の印刷開始位置(以下適宜、後余白印刷開始位置という)まで搬送されたかどうか(言い換えれば、先行情報印字R2の印刷開始位置に印字ヘッド23に正対する位置まで印字済みタグラベル用テープ109が到達したかどうか;図12(k)参照)を判定する。このときの判定は、前述と同様、上記ステップS20においてタグテープ101の識別子PMを検出した後の搬送距離を所定の公知の方法で検出すればよい(パルスモータである搬送用モータ119を駆動する搬送用モータ駆動回路121の出力するパルス数をカウントする等)。後余白印刷開始位置に到達するまで判定が満たされずこの手順を繰り返し、到達したら判定が満たされて次のステップS530に移る。 In step S520, as in step S10, whether or not the tag label tape 109 with print has been transported to the print start position of the preceding information print R2 in the rear blank area PE2 (hereinafter, referred to as the rear blank print start position as appropriate) (in other words, It is determined whether the tag label tape 109 with print has reached the print start position of the preceding information print R2 up to the position facing the print head 23; see FIG. 12 (k)). The determination at this time may be performed by detecting the transport distance after detecting the identifier PM of the tag tape 101 in step S20 in the same manner as described above (driving the transport motor 119, which is a pulse motor). For example, the number of pulses output from the conveyance motor drive circuit 121 is counted). The determination is not satisfied until the trailing margin printing start position is reached, and this procedure is repeated. When the trailing margin printing start position is reached, the determination is satisfied and the process proceeds to the next step S530.
 ステップS530では、前述のステップS15等と同様、入出力インターフェース113を介し印刷駆動回路120に制御信号を出力し、印字ヘッド23を通電して、カバーフィルム103のうち前述した後余白領域PE2に、上記ステップS110で生成した先行情報印字R2の印刷データに対応した文字、記号、バーコード等の印刷を開始する(図12(l)参照)。なお、この先行情報印字R2の印刷は、対応する印刷データ分の印刷が終わり次第自動的に終了する。そして、このルーチンを終了する。 In step S530, as in step S15 and the like described above, a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 120 via the input / output interface 113, the print head 23 is energized, and the above-described rear margin area PE2 of the cover film 103 is Printing of characters, symbols, barcodes and the like corresponding to the print data of the preceding information print R2 generated in step S110 is started (see FIG. 12 (l)). Note that the printing of the preceding information print R2 automatically ends as soon as printing of the corresponding print data is completed. Then, this routine ends.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態によれば、制御回路110がテープ送りローラ27とカッタ15とを連携して制御し、搬送を停止したカッタ15の切断時に、IC保持体92の搬送方向全寸法がテープ送りローラ27の外周部に沿って円弧状に接触した状態となるようにする(図16(b)参照)。これにより、先行する付属ラベルTiが完成し搬送停止した時点において、IC保持体92のすべてがテープ送りローラ27の外周部形状により変形完了した状態となる。したがって、IC保持体92において、テープ送りローラ27の外周部に未接触でまだ変形していない部分は存在しなくなるので、搬送開始時の著しい搬送抵抗の増大を軽減することができる。この結果、テープ送りローラ27の搬送力不足による搬送不良の発生を防止することができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the control circuit 110 controls the tape feed roller 27 and the cutter 15 in cooperation with each other, and when the cutter 15 that has stopped the conveyance is cut, the IC holding body 92 in the entire conveyance direction is arranged. The dimensions are brought into contact with each other in an arc shape along the outer peripheral portion of the tape feed roller 27 (see FIG. 16B). Thereby, when the preceding attached label Ti is completed and the conveyance is stopped, all of the IC holding bodies 92 are in a state of being completely deformed by the outer peripheral portion shape of the tape feed roller 27. Therefore, in the IC holder 92, there is no non-contact and undeformed portion on the outer peripheral portion of the tape feeding roller 27, so that a significant increase in transport resistance at the start of transport can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of conveyance failure due to insufficient conveyance force of the tape feed roller 27.
 また、本実施形態では特に、前切断線CLfの位置からIC保持体92のテープ搬送方向後端までの距離Y、タグテープ101の搬送方向に沿った送りローラ27の中心Oからカッタ15までの距離Z、及び、ローラ円周長Wに関して、Z+(W/4)>Yとなるように無線タグカートリッジ3が構成され、カートリッジホルダ6やカッタ15が配置されている。これにより、搬送停止したときに、IC保持体92のすべての部分がテープ送りローラ27の外周部に接触した状態を確実に実現し、搬送不良の発生を確実に防止することができる。 In the present embodiment, in particular, the distance Y from the position of the front cutting line CLf to the rear end of the IC holder 92 in the tape transport direction, the center O of the feed roller 27 along the transport direction of the tag tape 101, and the cutter 15. The wireless tag cartridge 3 is configured such that Z + (W / 4)> Y with respect to the distance Z and the roller circumferential length W, and the cartridge holder 6 and the cutter 15 are disposed. Thereby, when the conveyance is stopped, it is possible to surely realize a state where all the parts of the IC holding body 92 are in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the tape feed roller 27, and it is possible to reliably prevent the occurrence of a conveyance defect.
 また、本実施形態は特に、タグテープ101のIC保持体92は、タグテープ101が第1ロール102として巻回されている状態での円弧状反り方向と、タグテープ101がテープ送りローラ27の外周部に接触している状態での円弧状反り方向とが逆方向となる(図16(b)参照)。このため、IC保持体92が、第1ロール102内において一方側に円弧状に反っている状態から、テープ送りローラ27の外周部で上記の逆の他方側に円弧状に反るように変形される場合には、反りを逆方向に矯正することとなるので、前述したIC保持体92の剛性に基づく搬送抵抗が特に大きくなる。したがって、前述のようにして、IC保持体92のすべてがテープ送りローラ27の外周部に接触した状態で、タグテープ101の搬送停止するよう制御することが、搬送不良発生の防止に特に有効である。 In particular, in the present embodiment, the IC holder 92 of the tag tape 101 has an arc-shaped warping direction when the tag tape 101 is wound as the first roll 102, and the tag tape 101 is connected to the tape feed roller 27. The arcuate warping direction in contact with the outer peripheral portion is the opposite direction (see FIG. 16B). For this reason, the IC holding body 92 is deformed so as to be bent in an arc shape on the outer side of the tape feed roller 27 from the state in which the IC holder 92 is bent in an arc shape on one side in the first roll 102. In such a case, the warping is corrected in the opposite direction, so that the conveyance resistance based on the rigidity of the IC holder 92 described above becomes particularly large. Therefore, as described above, it is particularly effective in preventing the occurrence of a conveyance failure to control the conveyance of the tag tape 101 while all of the IC holders 92 are in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the tape feed roller 27. is there.
 また、本実施形態では特に、制御回路110が、テープ送りローラ27、印字ヘッド23、カッタ15を連携して制御し、1枚の印字付き無線タグラベルTを作成するごとに、無線タグラベルTと付属ラベルTiとの2つが互いに分離された状態で交互に排出されることとなる。前述したように、付属ラベルTiは、前述の他方側の後余白領域PE2部分と一方側の前余白領域PE1部分とが合体したものに相当するため、その長さ(X1+X2)は、ラベル印字領域PE部分(無線タグラベルT本体)の長さXに比べるとそれほどは短くならない。この結果、付属ラベルTiを切断した後の搬送・排出時において搬送経路から側方に逸脱しタグラベル作成装置1内における悪影響を及ぼすのを防止することができる。したがって、タグラベル作成装置1の動作信頼性を向上し、信頼性の高いラベル作成を行うことができる。 In this embodiment, in particular, the control circuit 110 controls the tape feed roller 27, the print head 23, and the cutter 15 in cooperation with each other, and each time the RFID label T with print is produced, the RFID label T is attached. Two of the labels Ti and the labels Ti are alternately discharged while being separated from each other. As described above, the attached label Ti corresponds to a combination of the aforementioned rear margin area PE2 portion on the other side and the front margin area PE1 portion on the one side. Therefore, the length (X1 + X2) is the label printing area. Compared with the length X of the PE portion (the RFID label T main body), it is not so short. As a result, it is possible to prevent the tag label producing apparatus 1 from being adversely deviated laterally from the conveyance path during conveyance / discharge after the attached label Ti is cut. Therefore, the operation reliability of the tag label producing apparatus 1 can be improved and a highly reliable label can be produced.
 なお、上記第1実施形態では、一つのタグラベル作成装置1で、無線タグラベルTの印字及び分断形成(つまり印字ラベルの作成)と無線タグ回路素子Toに対する情報の読み取り又は情報の書き込みとの、両方を行わせる構成としていたが、これに限られない。すなわち例えば、印字ラベルの作成と情報送受信をそれぞれ別体の装置(印字装置、無線タグ通信通信装置)で行うようにしてもよい。以下、そのような第2実施形態を図22~図26により説明する。 In the first embodiment, the single tag label producing device 1 performs both printing and dividing formation of the RFID label T (that is, producing the printed label) and reading information or writing information to the RFID circuit element To. However, the present invention is not limited to this. That is, for example, creation of a print label and information transmission / reception may be performed by separate devices (printing device, wireless tag communication device). Hereinafter, such a second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.
 図22を用いて、本実施形態の印字ラベル作成装置を構成する印字装置と、無線タグ通信装置とを備えた、無線タグラベル生成システムTS2について説明する。この図22は、上記第1実施形態における図1に相当する図であり、図1と同等の構成のものには同じ符号を付し、適宜説明を省略する(以下の図23~図26においても同様)。 Referring to FIG. 22, the RFID label generation system TS <b> 2 provided with a printing device constituting the printing label producing device of this embodiment and a RFID tag communication device will be described. FIG. 22 is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 1 in the first embodiment, and the same components as those in FIG. 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate (in FIGS. 23 to 26 below). The same).
 図22に示すこの無線タグラベル生成システムTS2において、印字装置402及び無線タグ通信装置403は、有線あるいは無線による通信回線NWを介して情報サーバIS、端末118a、及び汎用コンピュータ118bに接続されている。 In this RFID label generation system TS2 shown in FIG. 22, the printing device 402 and the RFID tag communication device 403 are connected to the information server IS, the terminal 118a, and the general-purpose computer 118b via a wired or wireless communication line NW.
 図23を用いて、印字装置402内の内部構造を説明すると共に、図24を用いて、印字装置の全体構造を説明する。これら図23及び図24において、印字装置402は、カートリッジホルダ405を有する装置本体408を備え、カートリッジホルダ405に印字ラベル用カートリッジ407が、タグテープ101の幅方向が図において紙面に略垂直方向となるように収納される。 23, the internal structure of the printing apparatus 402 will be described, and the overall structure of the printing apparatus will be described using FIG. 23 and 24, the printing apparatus 402 includes an apparatus main body 408 having a cartridge holder 405. A print label cartridge 407 is provided in the cartridge holder 405, and the width direction of the tag tape 101 is substantially perpendicular to the paper surface in the drawing. It is stored so that it becomes.
 印字ラベル用カートリッジ407は、上記実施形態と同様の態様で無線タグ本体90(図示省略)が配置された帯状のタグテープ101が巻回された第1ロール502と、上記タグテープ101と略同じ幅である透明な上記カバーフィルム103が巻回された第2ロール504と、インクリボン505を繰り出すリボン供給側ロール511と、印字後のインクリボン505を巻取るリボン巻取りローラ506と、タグテープ101とカバーフィルム103とを押圧し貼り合わせて印字済みラベル用テープ510としつつ矢印で示す方向に搬送し、印字ラベル用カートリッジ407から繰り出すテープ送りローラ507とを備える。 The print label cartridge 407 is substantially the same as the tag tape 101 and the first roll 502 around which the strip-shaped tag tape 101 on which the RFID tag main body 90 (not shown) is arranged is wound in the same manner as the above embodiment. A second roll 504 wound with the transparent cover film 103 having a width, a ribbon supply side roll 511 for feeding out the ink ribbon 505, a ribbon take-up roller 506 for taking up the ink ribbon 505 after printing, and a tag tape 101 and the cover film 103 are pressed and bonded together to form a printed label tape 510, which is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow, and provided with a tape feed roller 507 fed out from the print label cartridge 407.
 一方、装置本体408は、上記カバーフィルム103に所定の印字(上記第1実施形態と同様のラベル印字R、後続情報印字R1、及び先行情報印字R2の印刷)を行う印字ヘッド410と、この印字ヘッド410への通電を制御する印刷駆動回路425と、上記リボン巻取りローラ506を駆動するリボン巻取りローラ駆動軸411と、上記テープ送りローラ507を駆動するテープ送りローラ駆動軸412と、上記テープ送りローラ507と対をなすサブローラ509と、プラテンローラ508と、上記テープ送りローラ駆動軸412及び上記リボン巻取りローラ駆動軸411を駆動する例えばパルスモータである印字ラベルカートリッジ用モータ423と、この印字ラベルカートリッジ用モータ423の駆動を制御する印字ラベルカートリッジ駆動回路424と、印字済みラベル用テープ510を所定のタイミングで所定の長さに切断し印字ラベルSを生成するカッタ415と、このカッタ415を駆動して切断動作を行わせるカッタ用ソレノイド426と、このソレノイド426を制御するソレノイド駆動回路427とを有している。なお、詳細な説明及び図示を省略するが、本実施形態の印字ラベル用カートリッジ407及び装置本体408においても、上記実施形態と同様、前切断線CLfの位置からIC保持体92のテープ搬送方向後端までの距離Y、タグテープ101の搬送方向に沿った送りローラ507の中心Oからカッタ415までの距離Z、及び、ローラ円周長Wに関して、Z+(W/4)>Yとなるように構成されている(詳細は後述)。 On the other hand, the apparatus main body 408 includes a print head 410 for performing predetermined printing (label printing R, subsequent information printing R1, and preceding information printing R2 as in the first embodiment) on the cover film 103, and this printing. A print drive circuit 425 for controlling energization to the head 410, a ribbon take-up roller drive shaft 411 for driving the ribbon take-up roller 506, a tape feed roller drive shaft 412 for driving the tape feed roller 507, and the tape A sub-roller 509 paired with the feed roller 507, a platen roller 508, a print label cartridge motor 423 that is a pulse motor for driving the tape feed roller drive shaft 412 and the ribbon take-up roller drive shaft 411, and the print Print label cartridge for controlling the drive of the label cartridge motor 423 A cartridge driving circuit 424; a cutter 415 that cuts the printed label tape 510 to a predetermined length at a predetermined timing to generate a printed label S; and a cutter solenoid 426 that drives the cutter 415 to perform a cutting operation. And a solenoid drive circuit 427 for controlling the solenoid 426. Although detailed description and illustration are omitted, in the print label cartridge 407 and the apparatus main body 408 of the present embodiment as well, as in the above-described embodiment, from the position of the front cutting line CLf in the direction of tape transport of the IC holder 92. With respect to the distance Y to the end, the distance Z from the center O of the feed roller 507 along the conveyance direction of the tag tape 101 to the cutter 415, and the roller circumferential length W, Z + (W / 4)> Y. (The details will be described later).
 上記の印字ラベルカートリッジ駆動回路424、印刷駆動回路425、ソレノイド駆動回路427等は、制御回路430によって制御される。この制御回路430は、いわゆるマイクロコンピュータであり、詳細な図示を省略するが、中央演算処理装置であるCPU、ROM、及びRAM等から構成され、RAMの一時記憶機能を利用しつつROMに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行うようになっている。またこの制御回路430は、入出力インターフェース431を介し例えば通信回線NWに接続され、この通信回線NWに接続された前述の端末118a、汎用コンピュータ118b及び情報サーバIS等との間で情報のやりとりが可能となっている。 The above-described print label cartridge drive circuit 424, print drive circuit 425, solenoid drive circuit 427 and the like are controlled by the control circuit 430. The control circuit 430 is a so-called microcomputer, and although not shown in detail, it is composed of a central processing unit such as a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM, and is stored in advance in the ROM while using a temporary storage function of the RAM. The signal processing is performed according to the programmed program. The control circuit 430 is connected to, for example, the communication line NW via the input / output interface 431, and exchanges information with the terminal 118a, the general-purpose computer 118b, the information server IS, and the like connected to the communication line NW. It is possible.
 上記構成において、上記印字ラベルカートリッジ用モータ423の駆動力によってリボン巻取りローラ506及びテープ送りローラ507が矢印で示す方向にそれぞれ同期して回転駆動される。このとき、上記テープ送りローラ駆動軸412とサブローラ509及びプラテンローラ508とはギヤ(図示せず)にて連結されており、テープ送りローラ駆動軸412の駆動に伴いテープ送りローラ507、サブローラ509、及びプラテンローラ508が回転する。この結果、第1ロール502から前述した7層構造のタグテープ101が繰り出されテープ送りローラ507へ供給されるとともに、第2ロール504よりカバーフィルム103が繰り出される。 In the above configuration, the ribbon take-up roller 506 and the tape feed roller 507 are driven to rotate in synchronization with the directions indicated by the arrows by the driving force of the print label cartridge motor 423. At this time, the tape feed roller drive shaft 412 is connected to the sub-roller 509 and the platen roller 508 by a gear (not shown). As the tape feed roller drive shaft 412 is driven, the tape feed roller 507, the sub-roller 509, And the platen roller 508 rotates. As a result, the tag tape 101 having the seven-layer structure described above is fed from the first roll 502 and supplied to the tape feed roller 507, and the cover film 103 is fed from the second roll 504.
 この繰り出されたカバーフィルム103は、その裏面側(すなわち上記タグテープ101と接着される側)に配置された上記リボン供給側ロール511及びリボン巻取りローラ506で駆動されるリボン505とともに印字ヘッド410とプラテンローラ508との間に狭持され、上記印字ヘッド410に押圧されることで当該カバーフィルム103の裏面に接触させられる。このとき、上記印刷駆動回路425により印字ヘッド410の複数の発熱素子が通電され、カバーフィルム103の裏面の所定の領域に所定の文字、記号、バーコード、ストライプ等のラベル印字Rが印刷される。カバーフィルム103への印字が終了したインクリボン505は、リボン巻取りローラ駆動軸411の駆動によりリボン巻取りローラ506に巻き取られる。 The extended cover film 103 is connected to the print head 410 together with the ribbon supply roller 511 and the ribbon 505 driven by the ribbon take-up roller 506 disposed on the back side thereof (that is, the side to be bonded to the tag tape 101). And the platen roller 508, and is pressed against the print head 410 to be brought into contact with the back surface of the cover film 103. At this time, a plurality of heating elements of the print head 410 are energized by the print drive circuit 425, and a label print R such as a predetermined character, symbol, barcode, stripe, etc. is printed in a predetermined area on the back surface of the cover film 103. . The ink ribbon 505 that has finished printing on the cover film 103 is taken up by the ribbon take-up roller 506 by driving the ribbon take-up roller drive shaft 411.
 印字後のカバーフィルム103は、上記タグテープ101とともにテープ送りローラ507及びサブローラ509との間に狭持され、押圧によって互いに貼り合わされ一体化し、印字済みラベル用テープ510として形成される。そして、その印字済みラベル用テープ510がカッタ415によって所定の長さに切断されることで、無線タグ回路素子Toを含む印字ラベルSが生成され、その印字ラベルSが搬出口408B(図22参照)から搬出される。 The cover film 103 after printing is sandwiched between the tag tape 101 and the tape feed roller 507 and the sub-roller 509, and is pasted and integrated together by pressing to form a printed label tape 510. Then, the printed label tape 510 is cut to a predetermined length by the cutter 415, thereby generating a printed label S including the RFID circuit element To, and the printed label S is transferred to the carry-out port 408B (see FIG. 22). ).
 図25を用いて、上記無線タグ通信装置403の全体構造を説明する。図25において、無線タグ通信装置403の装置本体409には、上記の印字装置402により生成された印字ラベルSが(例えば操作者の手操作により)搬入口409A(図22参照)から搬入されるようになっている。 The overall structure of the wireless tag communication device 403 will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 25, the print label S generated by the printing device 402 is carried into the device main body 409 of the RFID tag communication device 403 from the carry-in port 409A (see FIG. 22) (for example, by an operator's manual operation). It is like that.
 装置本体409は、搬入口409Aから搬入された印字ラベルSを矢印で示す方向に搬送するラベル送りローラ517と、このラベル送りローラ517を駆動するラベル送りローラ駆動軸518と、このラベル送りローラ駆動軸518を駆動する例えばパルスモータであるラベル送りローラ用モータ519と、このラベル送りローラ用モータ519の駆動を制御するラベル送りローラ駆動回路520と、印字ラベルSに備えられる上記無線タグ回路素子Toとの間で高周波を用いて無線通信により信号の授受を行う装置アンテナ414と、この装置アンテナ414を介し上記印字ラベルSの無線タグ本体90に備えられた無線タグ回路素子To(後述の図26参照)へアクセスする(読み取り又は書き込みを行う)ことで、印字付きの無線タグラベルTを完成させるための高周波回路421と、無線タグ回路素子Toから読み出された信号を処理するための信号処理回路422と、印字付きの無線タグラベルTを搬出口409B(図22参照)へと案内するための搬送ガイド413とを有している。 The apparatus main body 409 includes a label feed roller 517 that conveys the print label S carried in from the carry-in port 409A in the direction indicated by the arrow, a label feed roller drive shaft 518 that drives the label feed roller 517, and this label feed roller drive. For example, a label feed roller motor 519 that is a pulse motor that drives the shaft 518, a label feed roller drive circuit 520 that controls the drive of the label feed roller motor 519, and the RFID circuit element To provided in the print label S A device antenna 414 that transmits and receives signals by radio communication using high frequency with the wireless tag circuit element To (see FIG. 26 described later) provided in the wireless tag main body 90 of the print label S via the device antenna 414. Wireless) with print by accessing (reading or writing) The high-frequency circuit 421 for completing the gravel T, the signal processing circuit 422 for processing the signal read from the RFID circuit element To, and the RFID label T with print to the exit 409B (see FIG. 22). And a conveyance guide 413 for guiding.
 さらに装置本体409は、上記の高周波回路421、信号処理回路422、ラベル送りローラ駆動回路520等を介し、無線タグ通信装置403全体の動作を制御する制御回路530と、この制御回路530と接続され表示機能及び操作入力機能をもった表示・操作部(この例ではタッチパネル)540とを有している。制御回路530は、上記の制御回路430と同様に、いわゆるマイクロコンピュータである。また制御回路530は、入出力インターフェース531を介し通信回線NWに接続され、この通信回線NWに接続された前述の端末118a、汎用コンピュータ118b、及び情報サーバIS等との間で情報のやりとりが可能である。タッチパネル540には、無線タグ回路素子Toに対しアクセスを行うべき印字ラベルSに対応する印字情報が表示される(必要に応じその他の情報を表示してもよい)。 Further, the apparatus main body 409 is connected to the control circuit 530 that controls the operation of the entire RFID tag communication apparatus 403 via the high frequency circuit 421, the signal processing circuit 422, the label feed roller driving circuit 520, and the like. And a display / operation unit (a touch panel in this example) 540 having a display function and an operation input function. The control circuit 530 is a so-called microcomputer, like the control circuit 430 described above. The control circuit 530 is connected to the communication line NW via the input / output interface 531 and can exchange information with the terminal 118a, the general-purpose computer 118b, the information server IS, and the like connected to the communication line NW. It is. The touch panel 540 displays print information corresponding to the print label S to be accessed with respect to the RFID circuit element To (other information may be displayed as necessary).
 次に、以上のように構成した本実施形態の動作の一例について、図26により説明する。 Next, an example of the operation of the present embodiment configured as described above will be described with reference to FIG.
 この無線タグラベル生成システムTS2においては、まず操作者が、無線タグ回路素子Toに固有の識別情報(タグID)とこれに対応する印字情報(印字文字等)と付加情報とを端末118aにより操作入力する。すると、これらの識別情報、印字情報及び付加情報が印字装置402に送られ、印字装置402により対応するパケット情報(特に図示せず)が生成される。そして、そのパケット情報が、印字装置402から無線タグ通信装置403及び情報サーバISにそれぞれ送られる。 In this RFID label generation system TS2, first, an operator inputs identification information (tag ID) specific to the RFID circuit element To, printing information (printing characters, etc.) corresponding thereto and additional information through the terminal 118a. To do. Then, the identification information, the print information, and the additional information are sent to the printing apparatus 402, and the corresponding packet information (not shown) is generated by the printing apparatus 402. Then, the packet information is sent from the printing device 402 to the wireless tag communication device 403 and the information server IS.
 このとき、印字装置402では、印字ヘッド410によって印字情報に対応した印字Rがカバーフィルム103に対して行われ、さらに印字後のカバーフィルム103とタグテープ101とが一体化されてなる印字済みラベル用テープ510をカッタ415で切断することで、無線タグ回路素子Toを備えた無線タグ本体90を含む印字ラベルSが生成されて搬出される(このとき、上記第1実施形態と同様、付属ラベルTiと印字ラベルSとが交互に作成される。前述の図9、図11、図13、図14を参照)。 At this time, in the printing apparatus 402, printing R corresponding to the printing information is performed on the cover film 103 by the printing head 410, and the printed label formed by integrating the printed cover film 103 and the tag tape 101 together. The print label S including the RFID tag main body 90 including the RFID circuit element To is generated and carried out by cutting the tape 510 with the cutter 415 (At this time, as in the first embodiment, the attached label Ti and the print label S are alternately produced (see FIGS. 9, 11, 13, and 14).
 また、無線タグ通信装置403のタッチパネル540には、印字装置402により生成された印字ラベルSに対応する印字情報が表示される。操作者は、タッチパネル540の表示を見て、タッチパネル540に表示されている印字情報に対応する印字ラベルSを無線タグ通信装置403の搬入口409Aから差し込んで無線タグ通信装置403内に供給する。すると、印字ラベルSに備えられた無線タグ回路素子Toに識別情報に対応するデータが書き込まれ、印字付きの無線タグラベルTが完成されることになる。なお、タッチパネル540に印字情報が複数表示されている場合には、操作者は、タッチパネル540によりいずれか1つの印字情報を選択操作した後、その選択された印字情報に対応する印字ラベルSを無線タグ通信装置403に供給する。 Also, on the touch panel 540 of the wireless tag communication device 403, print information corresponding to the print label S generated by the printing device 402 is displayed. The operator sees the display on the touch panel 540, inserts the print label S corresponding to the print information displayed on the touch panel 540 from the carry-in port 409 </ b> A of the wireless tag communication device 403, and supplies the printed label S into the wireless tag communication device 403. Then, data corresponding to the identification information is written in the RFID circuit element To provided in the print label S, and the RFID label T with print is completed. When a plurality of pieces of print information are displayed on the touch panel 540, the operator selects one piece of print information using the touch panel 540, and then wirelessly displays the print label S corresponding to the selected print information. This is supplied to the tag communication device 403.
 本実施形態の無線タグラベル生成システムTS2の特徴は、上記印字装置402での印字ラベルSの作成時に、第1実施形態のタグラベル作成装置1での無線タグラベルTの作成時と同様の構成及び制御態様としたことにある(情報送受信に関連する制御は除く)。すなわち、第2実施形態において、先に図16を用いて説明したのと同様、テープ送りローラ507の外周の円周長W、タグテープ101のテープ搬送方向に沿ったテープ送りローラ507の中心Oからカッタ415までの距離Zに対し、IC保持体92の搬送方向後端部からカッタ415の切断位置までの距離Yが、Z+(W/4)>Yの関係を満足するように、印字ラベル用カートリッジ407を構成し、またカートリッジホルダ405やカッタ415が配置されている。そして、印字装置402の制御回路430がテープ送りローラ507及びカッタ415を前述の各フローにと同様の制御内容(但し通信に関する制御事項を除く)により連携して制御する(=各請求項記載の制御手段としての機能)ことにより、搬送を停止したカッタ415の切断時に、IC保持体92の搬送方向全寸法がテープ送りローラ507の外周部に沿って円弧状に接触した状態となるようにしている。これにより、先行する1つの付属ラベルTiが完成し搬送停止した時点で、IC保持体92のすべてがテープ送りローラ507の外周部形状により変形完了した状態とし、搬送開始時の著しい搬送抵抗の増大を軽減することができる。この結果、上記第1実施形態のタグラベル作成装置1と同様、テープ送りローラ507の搬送力不足による搬送不良の発生を防止することができる。 The RFID label generation system TS2 of the present embodiment is characterized by the same configuration and control mode when the print label S is created by the printing device 402 as when the RFID label T is created by the tag label creation device 1 of the first embodiment. (Excluding controls related to information transmission / reception). That is, in the second embodiment, the circumferential length W of the outer periphery of the tape feed roller 507 and the center O of the tape feed roller 507 along the tape transport direction of the tag tape 101 are the same as described above with reference to FIG. Print label so that the distance Y from the rear end in the conveying direction of the IC holder 92 to the cutting position of the cutter 415 satisfies the relationship Z + (W / 4)> Y with respect to the distance Z from to the cutter 415. Cartridge 407, and a cartridge holder 405 and a cutter 415 are arranged. Then, the control circuit 430 of the printing apparatus 402 controls the tape feeding roller 507 and the cutter 415 in cooperation with the same control contents (except for control items related to communication) as in the above-described flows (= claims of each claim) Function as a control means) so that when the cutter 415 that has stopped transporting is cut, the entire dimension of the IC holder 92 in the transport direction is in an arcuate shape along the outer periphery of the tape feed roller 507. Yes. Thereby, when one preceding attached label Ti is completed and the conveyance is stopped, all of the IC holders 92 are completely deformed by the outer peripheral shape of the tape feed roller 507, and the conveyance resistance is remarkably increased at the start of conveyance. Can be reduced. As a result, similar to the tag label producing apparatus 1 of the first embodiment, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of conveyance failure due to insufficient conveyance force of the tape feed roller 507.
 また、制御回路430が、テープ送りローラ507(ローラ駆動軸412)、印字ヘッド23、カッタ15を連携して制御して、各ラベル印字領域PEを構成するタグテープ101ごとに対応して1つの印字ラベルSを作成する一方、前余白領域PE1及び後余白領域PE2を合わせた領域を構成するタグテープ101ごとに、1つの付属ラベルTiを作成する。これにより、前述のように、1枚の印字ラベルSを作成するごとに、印字ラベルSと付属ラベルTiとの2つが互いに分離された状態で交互に排出されることとなる。そして上述したように、付属ラベルTiは、前述の他方側の後余白領域PE2部分と一方側の前余白領域PE1部分とが合体したものに相当するため、その長さ(X1+X2)は、ラベル印字領域PE部分(印字ラベル本体)の長さXに比べるとそれほどは短くならない。この結果、付属ラベルTiを切断した後の搬送・排出時において搬送経路から側方に逸脱し印字装置402内における悪影響を及ぼすのを防止することができる。したがって、印字装置402の動作信頼性を向上し、信頼性の高い印字ラベルSの作成、ひいては無線タグラベルTの作成を行うことができるのである。 Further, the control circuit 430 controls the tape feed roller 507 (roller drive shaft 412), the print head 23, and the cutter 15 in cooperation with each other so that one tag tape 101 constituting each label print area PE corresponds to one tag tape 101. While the print label S is created, one attached label Ti is created for each tag tape 101 that constitutes the combined area of the front margin area PE1 and the rear margin area PE2. Thus, as described above, every time one printed label S is produced, the two printed labels S and the attached label Ti are alternately discharged in a state of being separated from each other. As described above, the attached label Ti corresponds to a combination of the aforementioned rear margin area PE2 portion on the other side and the front margin area PE1 portion on the one side, and therefore the length (X1 + X2) is the label printing. Compared with the length X of the area PE portion (printed label body), it is not so short. As a result, it is possible to prevent the printing apparatus 402 from adversely deviating laterally from the conveyance path during conveyance / discharge after the attached label Ti is cut. Therefore, it is possible to improve the operation reliability of the printing apparatus 402 and to create a highly reliable print label S, and hence a RFID label T.
 なお、以上においては、タグテープ101等を所定位置で停止させて上記印字や読み取り・書き込みを行う例を示したが、これに限られず、移動中のタグテープ101に対して無線タグ情報の書き込み・読み取りや印字を行うようにしてもよい。 In the above, an example in which the tag tape 101 or the like is stopped at a predetermined position and the above-described printing or reading / writing is performed has been described. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and writing of RFID tag information to the moving tag tape 101 is performed. -You may make it read and print.
 また、無線タグ回路素子ToのIC回路部80から無線タグ情報の読み出し又は書き込みを行う一方で、印字ヘッド23,410によってその無線タグ回路素子Toを識別するための印刷を行うものにも限られない。この印刷は必ずしも行われなくともよく、無線タグ情報の読み取り又は書き込みのみを行うものに対し本発明を適用することもできる。 In addition, the RFID tag information is read or written from the IC circuit unit 80 of the RFID circuit element To, but the printing heads 23 and 410 perform printing for identifying the RFID circuit element To. Absent. This printing does not necessarily have to be performed, and the present invention can be applied to those that only read or write the RFID tag information.
 また、カートリッジ3,407のようなタグラベル作成装置1や印字装置402側に着脱可能なものにも限られず、装置本体側に着脱不能のいわゆる据え付け型あるいは一体型として第1ロール102,502を設けることも考えられる。この場合も同様の効果を得る。 The first rolls 102 and 502 are not limited to those that can be attached to and detached from the tag label producing device 1 and the printing device 402 side such as the cartridges 3 and 407, but are so-called installation types or integral types that are not attachable to and detachable from the device body side. It is also possible. In this case, the same effect is obtained.
 なお、以上において、図6、図24、図25、図26等の各図中に示す矢印は信号の流れの一例を示すものであり、信号の流れ方向を限定するものではない。 In the above description, the arrows shown in FIGS. 6, 24, 25, 26, etc. show an example of the signal flow, and do not limit the signal flow direction.
 また、図17~図21等に示すフローチャートは本発明を上記フローに示す手順に限定するものではなく、発明の趣旨及び技術的思想を逸脱しない範囲内で手順の追加・削除又は順番の変更等をしてもよい。 The flowcharts shown in FIGS. 17 to 21 and the like do not limit the present invention to the procedure shown in the above-described flow, and addition / deletion of the procedure or change of order within the scope of the gist and technical idea of the invention. You may do.
 また、以上既に述べた以外にも、上記各実施形態や各変形例による手法を適宜組み合わせて利用しても良い。 In addition to those already described above, the methods according to the above embodiments and modifications may be used in appropriate combination.
 その他、一々例示はしないが、本発明は、その趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内において、種々の変更が加えられて実施されるものである。 Other than that, although not illustrated one by one, the present invention is implemented with various modifications within a range not departing from the gist thereof.
 1     タグラベル作成装置
 3     カートリッジ
 15    カッタ
 23    印字ヘッド
 27    テープ送りローラ
 28    サブローラ
 31    カートリッジホルダ
 52    装置アンテナ
 62    タグアンテナ
 80    IC回路部
 90    無線タグ本体
 91    アンテナ基材
 92    IC保持体
 95    保持部材
 101   タグテープ
 102   第1ロール
 103   カバーフィルム
 104   第2ロール
 108   テープ送りローラ駆動軸
 109   印字済みタグラベル用テープ
 402   印字装置
 403   無線タグ通信装置
 405   カートリッジホルダ
 410   印字ヘッド
 412   テープ送りローラ駆動軸
 414   装置アンテナ
 415   カッタ
 502   第1ロール
 504   第2ロール
 509   サブローラ
 PM    識別子
 R     ラベル印字
 R1    後続情報印字
 R2    先行情報印字
 PE    ラベル印字領域
 PE1   前余白領域
 PE2   後余白領域
 Lp    ピッチ基準線
 CLf   前切断線
 CLr   本切断線
 S     印字ラベル
 T     無線タグラベル
 Ti    付属ラベル
 To    無線タグ回路素子
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Tag label production apparatus 3 Cartridge 15 Cutter 23 Print head 27 Tape feed roller 28 Sub roller 31 Cartridge holder 52 Apparatus antenna 62 Tag antenna 80 IC circuit part 90 Radio | wireless tag main body 91 Antenna base material 92 IC holding body 95 Holding member 101 Tag tape 102 1st 1 roll 103 cover film 104 second roll 108 tape feed roller drive shaft 109 printed tag label tape 402 printing device 403 RFID tag communication device 405 cartridge holder 410 print head 412 tape feed roller drive shaft 414 device antenna 415 cutter 502 first roll 504 Second roll 509 Sub-roller PM Identifier R Label printing R1 Subsequent information printing R2 Preceding information printing PE label printing area PE1 front margin area PE2 rear margin area Lp pitch reference line CLf front cutting line CLr main cutting line S printing label T wireless tag label Ti attached label To wireless tag circuit element

Claims (5)

  1.  シート状のアンテナ基材(91)と、前記アンテナ基材(91)に設けられ情報の送受信を行うタグアンテナ(62)と、情報を記憶するIC回路部(80)、及び、前記IC回路部(80)を前記アンテナ基材(91)に対し保持する保持部材(95)を含むIC保持体(92)とをそれぞれ備えた、複数の無線タグ本体(90)がテープ長手方向に所定間隔で配置されたタグテープ(101)を用いて、前記無線タグ回路素子(To)を備えた複数の無線タグラベル(T)を作成するための印字ラベル作成装置であって、
     前記タグテープ(101)を軸心と直交する方向に巻回したタグテープロール(102;502)、前記タグテープ(101)に貼り合わされる被印字テープ(103)を軸心と直交する方向に巻回した被印字テープロール(104;504)、及び、前記タグテープロール(102;502)から繰り出された前記タグテープ(101)と前記被印字テープロール(104;504)から繰り出された前記被印字テープ(103)とを押圧し貼り合わせて貼り合わせテープ(109)とする押圧ローラ(27;507)、を有する無線タグカートリッジ(3;407)を着脱可能なカートリッジホルダ(31;405)と、
     前記タグテープ(101)、前記被印字テープ(103)、及び前記貼り合わせテープ(109)を、搬送するための搬送手段(108;412)と、
     前記搬送手段(108;412)による搬送中に前記被印字テープ(103)に対し印字を行う印字手段(23;410)と、
     前記搬送手段(108;412)による搬送の停止時に前記貼り合わせテープ(109)を厚さ方向に切断する切断手段(15;415)と、
     前記押圧ローラ(27;507)と協働して前記タグテープ(101)と前記被印字テープ(103)とを押圧し前記貼り合わせテープ(109)とするサブローラ(28;509)と、
     前記切断手段(15;415)による切断動作時において、前記IC保持体(92)の搬送方向全寸法が前記押圧ローラ(27;507)の外周部に沿って円弧状に接触した状態で前記タグテープ(101)の搬送が停止するように、前記搬送手段(108;412)及び前記切断手段(15;415)を連携して制御する制御手段(S5~S65,S100,S200,S400,S500)と
    を有することを特徴とする印字ラベル作成装置(1;402)。
    A sheet-like antenna substrate (91), a tag antenna (62) provided on the antenna substrate (91) for transmitting and receiving information, an IC circuit unit (80) for storing information, and the IC circuit unit A plurality of wireless tag bodies (90) each having an IC holder (92) including a holding member (95) for holding (80) with respect to the antenna substrate (91) are arranged at predetermined intervals in the tape longitudinal direction. A printed label producing apparatus for producing a plurality of RFID labels (T) having the RFID circuit elements (To) using the arranged tag tape (101),
    A tag tape roll (102; 502) in which the tag tape (101) is wound in a direction orthogonal to the axis, and a print-receiving tape (103) bonded to the tag tape (101) in a direction orthogonal to the axis. The printed tape roll (104; 504) wound and the tag tape (101) fed out from the tag tape roll (102; 502) and the tape tape (104; 504) fed out from the tag tape roll (104; 504) A cartridge holder (31; 405) to which the RFID tag cartridge (3; 407) having a pressing roller (27; 507), which is pressed and bonded to the print-receiving tape (103) to form a bonding tape (109), can be attached and detached. When,
    Conveying means (108; 412) for conveying the tag tape (101), the print-receiving tape (103), and the bonding tape (109);
    Printing means (23; 410) for performing printing on the print-receiving tape (103) during conveyance by the conveyance means (108; 412);
    Cutting means (15; 415) for cutting the bonding tape (109) in the thickness direction when the conveyance by the conveyance means (108; 412) is stopped;
    A sub-roller (28; 509) that presses the tag tape (101) and the print-receiving tape (103) in cooperation with the pressing roller (27; 507) to form the bonding tape (109);
    In the cutting operation by the cutting means (15; 415), the entire size of the IC holder (92) in the conveying direction is in a circular arc shape along the outer periphery of the pressing roller (27; 507). Control means (S5 to S65, S100, S200, S400, S500) for controlling the transport means (108; 412) and the cutting means (15; 415) in a coordinated manner so that the transport of the tape (101) is stopped. And a printed label producing apparatus (1; 402).
  2.  請求項1記載の印字ラベル作成装置において、
     カートリッジホルダ(31;405)は、
     前記タグテープ(101)が前記タグテープロール(102;502)として巻回されている状態での前記IC保持体(92)の円弧状反り方向と、前記タグテープ(101)が前記押圧ローラ(27;507)の外周部に接触している状態での前記IC保持体(92)の円弧状反り方向とが、逆方向となるように構成されている前記無線タグカートリッジ(3;407)を着脱可能である
    ことを特徴とする印字ラベル作成装置(1;402)。
    In the printed label production apparatus according to claim 1,
    The cartridge holder (31; 405)
    In the state where the tag tape (101) is wound as the tag tape roll (102; 502), the arc holding direction of the IC holder (92), and the tag tape (101) is the pressing roller (102). 27; 507) The RFID tag cartridge (3; 407) configured such that the arc-shaped warping direction of the IC holder (92) in contact with the outer peripheral portion of the IC holder (92) is opposite. Printable label producing apparatus (1; 402) characterized by being detachable.
  3.  請求項2記載の印字ラベル作成装置において、
     カートリッジホルダ(31;405)は、
     前記タグテープ(101)の搬送方向に沿った前記押圧ローラ中心(O)から前記切断手段(15;415)までの距離X、前記押圧ローラ(27;507)外周の円周長L、前記タグテープ(101)において前記切断手段(15;415)による切断位置(CLf)から前記IC保持体(92)の前記搬送方向の後端部までの寸法Yとの間において、
     X+(L/4) > Y 
    が成立するように構成された、前記無線タグカートリッジ(3;407)を着脱可能である
    ことを特徴とする印字ラベル作成装置(1;402)。
    In the printed label production apparatus according to claim 2,
    The cartridge holder (31; 405)
    A distance X from the center of the pressing roller (O) along the conveying direction of the tag tape (101) to the cutting means (15; 415), a circumferential length L of the outer periphery of the pressing roller (27; 507), the tag Between the dimension Y from the cutting position (CLf) by the cutting means (15; 415) to the rear end of the IC holder (92) in the transport direction of the tape (101),
    X + (L / 4)> Y
    The RFID label cartridge (3; 407) configured to satisfy the above is removable, and the print label producing apparatus (1; 402) is characterized in that
  4.  請求項1乃至請求項3のいずれか1項記載の印字ラベル作成装置において、
     前記制御手段(S5~S65,S100,S200,S400,S500)は、
     前記タグテープ(101)のうち前記無線タグ回路素子(To)の配置位置に対応した第1長さ方向領域ごとに対応して、所定の印字を備えた1つの前記無線タグラベル(T)としての第1ラベル(T)を作成し、前記タグテープ(101)のうち連続する2つの前記第1長さ方向領域に挟まれた1つの第2長さ方向領域ごとに対応して、前記無線タグ回路素子(To)を備えない1つの第2ラベル(Ti)を作成するように、前記搬送手段(108;412)、前記印字手段(23;410)、及び前記切断手段(15;415)を連携して制御する
    ことを特徴とする印字ラベル作成装置(1;402)。
    In the printed label production apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 3,
    The control means (S5 to S65, S100, S200, S400, S500)
    As one RFID tag label (T) having a predetermined print corresponding to each first length direction region corresponding to the arrangement position of the RFID circuit element (To) in the tag tape (101). A first label (T) is created, and the wireless tag corresponding to each second length direction region sandwiched between two continuous first length direction regions of the tag tape (101). The conveying means (108; 412), the printing means (23; 410), and the cutting means (15; 415) are formed so as to produce one second label (Ti) that does not include the circuit element (To). Print label producing apparatus (1; 402) characterized by being controlled in cooperation.
  5.  請求項4記載の印字ラベル作成装置において、
     前記制御手段(S5~S65,S100,S200,S400,S500)は、
     作成された前記第1ラベル(T)及び前記第2ラベル(Ti)が交互に排出されるように、前記搬送手段(108;412)、前記印字手段(23;410)、及び前記切断手段(15;415)を連携して制御する
    ことを特徴とする印字ラベル作成装置(1;402)。
    In the printed label production apparatus according to claim 4,
    The control means (S5 to S65, S100, S200, S400, S500)
    The conveying means (108; 412), the printing means (23; 410), and the cutting means (so that the produced first label (T) and second label (Ti) are alternately discharged. 15; 415) is controlled in cooperation with the print label producing apparatus (1; 402).
PCT/JP2010/050324 2009-03-11 2010-01-14 Printed label producing device WO2010103864A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009058536A JP2010211634A (en) 2009-03-11 2009-03-11 Printing label creation device
JP2009-058536 2009-03-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010103864A1 true WO2010103864A1 (en) 2010-09-16

Family

ID=42728159

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2010/050324 WO2010103864A1 (en) 2009-03-11 2010-01-14 Printed label producing device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2010211634A (en)
WO (1) WO2010103864A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012133247A1 (en) 2011-03-28 2012-10-04 ブラザー工業株式会社 Print label creation device and cutting blade receiving member

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09309640A (en) * 1996-05-21 1997-12-02 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Medium conveying device
JP2005339296A (en) * 2004-05-28 2005-12-08 Brother Ind Ltd Cartridge for tag label creating device, and tag label creating device
JP2008265278A (en) * 2007-03-22 2008-11-06 Brother Ind Ltd Label tape, label tape cartridge, and label forming device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09309640A (en) * 1996-05-21 1997-12-02 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Medium conveying device
JP2005339296A (en) * 2004-05-28 2005-12-08 Brother Ind Ltd Cartridge for tag label creating device, and tag label creating device
JP2008265278A (en) * 2007-03-22 2008-11-06 Brother Ind Ltd Label tape, label tape cartridge, and label forming device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2010211634A (en) 2010-09-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2008265278A (en) Label tape, label tape cartridge, and label forming device
JP4771282B2 (en) Tag label making device
US7782211B2 (en) RFID label with increased readability of printed images
JP4780391B2 (en) Label making device
JP4406846B2 (en) Tag label making device
JP2007328540A (en) Tag label formation device
JP2007286757A (en) Radio tag label, tag tape roll, and radio tag circuit element cartridge
JP2009037512A (en) Tag label preparation device
JP2008021282A (en) Label body and label body producing apparatus
JP2007256857A (en) Wireless tag label, tag tape roll, wireless tag circuit element cartridge, tag label preparing apparatus
EP2085912A1 (en) RFID tag and RFID tag producing apparatus
WO2010103864A1 (en) Printed label producing device
JP2009230504A (en) Magnetic sheet creation device
JP2008171193A (en) Tag label preparation device
JP4720138B2 (en) Tag label producing device, tag tape roll, and tag tape roll cartridge
JP4730507B2 (en) Tag label producing device and cartridge for tag label producing device
JP2008242857A (en) Radio tag information reading device
JP4636384B2 (en) Tag label making device
JP4600774B2 (en) Label making device
JP2006131331A (en) Tag tape roll, and radio tag circuit element cartridge
JP4936231B2 (en) Tag label / magnetic sheet creation device
JP2009099035A (en) Tag tape, tag tape roll, wireless tag circuit element cartridge
JP2008134831A (en) Tag label creation system and antenna unit
JP2007256747A (en) Wireless tag label, tag tape roll, wireless tag circuit element cartridge
JP4496466B2 (en) Tag label making device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10750620

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10750620

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1